Fully Vaccinated Tourists Can Soon Travel to Europe As European Union Relaxes Border Restrictions 19/05/2021 Chandre Prince Dust off your passports: The European Union (EU) has agreed to open up its borders to COVID-19 vaccinated travellers after more than a year of restrictions which virtually banned the entry of tourists from outside the bloc. The European Union Council (EU) on Wednesday agreed to relax travel restrictions on entry by foreign tourists – clearing the way for countries in the bloc to open up their borders to COVID-19 vaccinated travellers after more than a year in which visits by most non-EU passport holders were refused. With the summer tourism season approaching, ambassadors of the 27 countries approved the recommendation which was proposed by the European Commission, its spokesman Christian Wigand told reporters. We welcome the @EUCouncil agreement on updating the approach to travel from outside the EU. The Council now recommends that EU countries ease some of the current restrictions, in particular for those vaccinated with an authorised vaccine.@ChristianWigand ↓ pic.twitter.com/hCVKxe2Pw2 — European Commission (@EU_Commission) May 19, 2021 Wigand said the agreement still needed to be formally adopted by the European Council, but that it is something “which we understand will happen very soon”. Travellers who received EU-approved COVID-19 vaccines will be allowed entry into the bloc. COVID-19 vaccines authorised by the European Medicines Agency (EMA), the bloc’s drug regulator, include those by Pfizer, Moderna, AstraZeneca and Johnson and Johnson.The EMA hasn’t approved any vaccines from Russia or China as of yet but is looking at data on Russia’s Sputnik V jab. The EU also agreed to ease the criteria for nations to be considered a safe country, from which all tourists can travel. Up to now, that list included only seven nations – Australia, Israel, New Zealand, Rwanda, Singapore, South Korea, Thailand and China. Wigand said the EU’s European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control is to give advice on the list of non-EU countries with a “good epidemiological situation” from where travel is permitted. “What will be adopted are the criteria for revising the list and also for the other recommendation on making it possible for vaccinated travellers to come to Europe,” said Wigand. EU Council Will Expedite Proposal Earlier this month the EU Commission president Ursula von der Leyen revealed the bloc’s plan “to revive the tourism industry and rekindle cross-border friendships”. “We propose to welcome again vaccinated visitors and those from countries with a good health situation. But if variants emerge we have to act fast: we propose an EU emergency brake mechanism,” Von der Leyen said at the time. Wigand did not give a timeline on when travellers could start making bookings to visit the EU, but said: “We have seen in the past the Council moving very quickly on this”. Wigand also made no reference to whether people who have recovered from COVID would also be included in the plans. 🇪🇺 Member States today endorsed the @EU_Commission proposal to update EU recommendations on travel from 3rd countries. This gradually opens safe travel from and to the EU. + goes with adoption of the digital green certificate & gradual lifting of travel restrictions inside 🇪🇺 pic.twitter.com/st2S8TBDIP — Ylva Johansson (@YlvaJohansson) May 19, 2021 Individual EU member nations will in any case, continue to exercise discretion over whether to require proof of a negative coronavirus test, a quarantine period after arrival, and other control measures. In March the European Commission released a proposal establishing a framework for a “Digital Green Certificate”, clearing the way for a vaccine certificate system to be set up by the summer. The EU imposed strict measures, including closing its external borders, in March 2020 to contain COVID-19 outbreaks, but the 27 ambassadors now say many of those restrictions on non-essential travel should be eased. Member States have also agreed to set up a coordinated emergency mechanism to rapidly suspend third country arrivals in the event of deterioration in the health situation due to the appearance of coronavirus variants. Dust Off Your Passports: Borders Are Opening Up EU nations have been struggling throughout the pandemic to prop up their vital tourism industry, and now hope to recover some income over this year’s peak summer season. There was building pressure to open up borders – with some countries such as Greece and Spain, which depend heavily on tourism, already making moves. On May 14, Greece lifted travel restrictions for tourists who have proof of vaccination, proof of recovery from COVID, or a negative COVID-19 PCR test. Germany has eased quarantine requirements after travel for fully vaccinated people – although there are still restrictions upon the entry to the country by non-EU citizens. On Monday, the UK lifted a ban on non-essential travel, saying that Brits could now go on holiday to the other 12 countries on a UK green light list of low-risk locations. Image Credits: Wikimedia Commons: Nemo. Big Pharma Commits to 5-Point Plan to Increase COVID-19 Vaccine Equity 19/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan Major global vaccine manufacturers and biotech companies have committed to a five-point plan to “advance COVID-19 vaccine equity”, focusing on “responsible dose-sharing” and “maximizing production”. They pointed out that, within a few months, vaccine doses had gone from “zero to 2.2 billion” and were predicted to reach 11 billion doses by the end of 2021 – “enough to vaccinate the world’s adult population”. “Critically, however, COVID-19 vaccines currently are not equally reaching all priority populations worldwide,” said a media statement issued by the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry (ABPI), Biotechnology Innovation Organization (BIO), European Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations (EFPIA), International Council of Biotechnology Associations (ICBA), International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA), Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA) and Vaccines Europe. Dose-Sharing and Optimising Production To enable more equitable distribution, the vaccine manufacturers and biotech companies committed to stepping up dose-sharing by working with governments with enough supply to “share a meaningful proportion of their doses with low- and lower-middle-income countries in a responsible and timely way through COVAX or other efficient established mechanisms”. Second, they committed to optimising production, “including through additional collaborations with partners that can produce significant quantities”. Third, they said they would identify trade barriers that needed to be eliminated. To do this, they aim to work with the new COVAX Supply Chain and Manufacturing Task Force that is identifying production gaps and facilitating “voluntary matchmaking for fill and finish capacity”. They would also urge governments to work with the World Trade Organization (WTO) to “eliminate all trade and regulatory barriers to export” and to “adopt policies that facilitate and expedite the cross-border supply of key raw materials, essential manufacturing materials, vaccines”. They also committed to supporting country readiness, “particularly in low- and lower-middle income countries, to ensure that they are ready and able to deploy available doses within their shelf life”. More Innovation Finally, they committed to driving “further innovation”, and “prioritise the development of new COVID-19 vaccines, including vaccines effective against variants of concern”. At the World Health Organization’s (WHO) bi-weekly media briefing on Monday, WHO Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus appealed to wealthy countries to urgently donate vaccines to COVAX, which has a 190-million shortfall. Tedros also called on various major pharmaceutical companies to either increase their COVAX commitments, speed up delivery or reach agreements with the vaccine platform. Meanwhile, UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore quoted research which showed that G7 and European countries could make 153 million vaccine doses available if they shared 20% of their supply for June, July and August. Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with companies like Teva, Incepta, Biolyse and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to vaccinate 20% of the world’s people by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. Image Credits: NBC, NBC News. Sanofi-GSK Position SARS-CoV2 Candidate Vaccine as Potential ‘Booster’ 18/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVID-19 vaccination in Lima, Peru. Sanofi and GSK will test their two-dose SARS-CoV2 vaccine candidate as a booster for other vaccines during its phase 3 trial, following a phase 2 trial that showed that it triggered a strong neutralizing antibody response in people previously vaccinated. Those who had already been vaccinated showed a strong response after one jab, indicating that that the candidate vaccine could be used as a “booster” shot against variants, according to a press statement from Sanofi on Monday. The as-yet-unpublished results showed “95% to 100% seroconversion following a second injection in all age groups (18 to 95 years old) and across all doses, with acceptable tolerability and with no safety concerns,” according to Sanofi. The phase 2 trial, which started in February in the US and Honduras, consisted of 722 volunteers split equally between those aged 18 to 59 year-olds and those 60 years and above. The adjuvanted recombinant vaccine is based on one of Sanofi’s seasonal influenza vaccines in combination with GSK’s pandemic adjuvant, and it targets the SARS-CoV2 virus spike protein. “Our phase 2 data confirm the potential of this vaccine to play a role in addressing this ongoing global public health crisis, as we know multiple vaccines will be needed, especially as variants continue to emerge and the need for effective and booster vaccines, which can be stored at normal temperatures, increases”, said Thomas Triomphe, Executive Vice President and Global Head of Sanofi Pasteur on Monday. ‘Shows Potential to Address Variants’ GSK president Roger Connor added that the data showed “the potential of this protein-based adjuvanted vaccine candidate in the broader context of the pandemic, including the need to address variants and to provide for booster doses”. The companies intend to start a phase 3 trial “as soon as possible to meet our goal of making it available before the end of the year”, added Connor. Around 35,000 people will be enrolled in the phase 3 trial, which will include “booster studies with various variant formulations in order to assess the ability of a lower dose of the vaccine to generate a strong booster response regardless of the initial vaccine platform received,” according to the media release. Booster shots may be necessary to address new virus variants that are able to escape the neutralising antibodies of earlier vaccines. Results of the Novavax vaccine, published in Nature in March, support this concern. The vaccine was 90% effective against the UK-identified B1.17 variant but only 49.4% effective against the B1.351 variant first identified in South Africa. Newer variants identified in Brazil and India have not yet been tested against vaccines. But Columbia University Professor David Ho, the Novavax study’s lead author, said that his study and other data showed that “the virus is traveling in a direction that is causing it to escape from our current vaccines”. “If the rampant spread of the virus continues and more critical mutations accumulate, then we may be condemned to chasing after the evolving SARS-CoV-2 continually, as we have long done for influenza virus,” Ho said in an interview. Image Credits: International Monetary Fund/Ernesto Benavides. Pakistan Drags its Feet on Tobacco Control, Activists Fear Industry Interference 18/05/2021 Rahul Basharat Rajput & Mohammed Nadeem Chaudhry Pictorial warnings on cigarette packs are one of the measures required by signatories to the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control. ISLAMABAD – Pakistan health authorities are struggling to fully implement a World Health Organization (WHO) treaty to help reduce tobacco-related diseases in the country – some 17 years after they ratified it. Furthermore, the country’s health ministry recently announced the termination of the services of a number of staff members in its Tobacco Control Cell (TCC), the only government body addressing tobacco consumption, by the end of May. When challenged, government officials claimed that its tobacco control work would not be affected, but tobacco control activists fear that they have given in to industry pressure to close down the TCC. Pakistan signed the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC) in 2004, and in terms of its guidelines, signatories are duty-bound to increase excise duty on cigarettes by up to 70% and impose pictorial health warnings covering up to 85% of cigarette packs. Countries also undertake to monitor tobacco use, protect passive smokers, provide facilities to help people to quit tobacco and enforce bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship. Not Enough Taxes or Pictorial Warnings But activists believe that the country’s Ministry of National Health Services Regulations and Coordination (NHSR&C) has failed to achieve a significant increase in federal excise duty (FED) or place sufficient pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs. “So far, Pakistan has increased the FED to 45% and pictorial warning to 50% only,” says Sanaullah Ghuman, Secretary General of the Pakistan National Heart Association (PANAH). Despite vowing to impose a “health levy” on tobacco and sugary drinks back in 2018 and to spend the proceeds on the health sector, this levy has never been adopted – and some believe it is being deliberately delayed. Ghuman believes that the future of the levy hangs in the balance as it has been in line for three years to become a law. He also believes that Pakistan should increase taxation on tobacco products, but said this issue was given very low priority in the current budget. Despite a recommendation from the Ombudsman Court and Law Department that the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) should “immediately” implement the health levy, the matter is on backburner in FBR, added Ghuman. In 2014, the health ministry announced that it would introduce health pictorial warnings to cover 85% of cigarette packs but this has never been implemented and warnings currently only cover 60% of packs. “India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Iran all have comparatively higher pictorial size warnings on cigarette packs and high prices when compared to Pakistan,” said Ghuman. Huge Cost of Tobacco Use The senator’s cigarettes were distributed to MPs branded as ‘Senate House’. Pakistan has an estimated 22 million smokers and is one of 15 countries with a high burden of tobacco-related diseases. Over 30% of men and almost 6% of women smoke and, according to the TCC website, 163,360 people died in 2017 due to tobacco use in the country. Between 30-40% of Pakistanis die of cardiovascular diseases and tobacco-induced heart attacks are one of the major reasons for this, according to a study by Center for Global and Strategic Studies (CGSS) published in January. In addition, 1.5 million cases of oral cancer and almost half of tobacco users contracted tuberculosis, according to the study. Discouraging tobacco consumption in public remains a tough task for the Pakistan government as its own ministers have been found violating smoking in public places. The current Minister for Interior smoked during a press conference in his previous portfolio as minister for railways. Meanwhile, a senator who is also a cigarette manufacturer was exposed in the media for distributing cigarettes branded ‘Senate House’ in the parliament. However, Prime Minister Imran Khan, who also established the first cancer hospital in the country, is in favour of taxing tobacco products. According to a document obtained by Health Policy Watch, Dr Faisal Sultan, the Special Assistant on health to the Prime Minister (SAPM), urged the then advisor to finance, Dr Abdul Hafeez Shaikh, to impose the proposed health tax on tobacco and sugary drinks. According to the letter: “Health tax on tobacco @Rs10/per pack of 20 cigarettes and on carbonated drinks @Rs1/250 ml bottle through Finance Bill 2019-20 shall be imposed”. “The revenue generated through this health tax will be earmarked for the health sector development over and above its routine budgetary allocation. The Finance Bill will also include measures to check illegal manufacturing and illicit trade of cigarettes and other tobacco products,” the letter added. Malik Imran, head of Tobacco Free KidsPakistan, told Health Policy Watch that the national exchequer had lost PKR 615 billion (around $4.3 billion) by not increasing tobacco taxes. “It’s about 1.6% loss in GDP,” Imran said, adding that, due to inflation, the tax on cigarettes was effectively at the 2016 level of 33% instead of the framework-recommended 70%. According to a study conducted by a semi-government department Pakistan Institute of Development Economics (PIDE), the cost of treating smoking-realted cancer, cardiovascular and respiratory diseases was estimated to be Rs437.8 billion ($6 billion) in 2018–2019. In comparison, the total revenue collected from the tobacco sector covered only around 20 percent of the total cost of smoking. Health Levy is Still on Track, Says Official A senior official of the federal health ministry, who requested not to be named, said that one project of the TCC is going to be closed at the end of May and staff contracts terminated. The official said that “it does not affect FCTC work”. The official added that the health ministry had followed up on the health levy bill with the law division and the Federal Board of Revenue was expected to submit it as an ordinary bill in the parliament after the budget, because it is not a money bill. The official also said that, at present pictorial health warnings were at 60% of packs as the decision to increase this to 85% was being challenged in court. The official claims that “we are working on raising FED on cigarettes in this budget”. The Prime Minister’s Aide on Health, Dr Faisal Sultan, said that the TCC had not been dissolved, the health levy was being worked upon and the health ministry was pushing for it and that the pictorial warnings were likely be enhanced. The WHO’s country office did not respond to a number of requests for comment although its communication officer ,Maryam Yunus, acknowledged receiving the queries. The letter informing the Tobacco Control Cell that its pictorial warnings project was being closed. Intestinal Worm Infection Can ‘Predispose Women To Viral STIs’ 18/05/2021 Geoffrey Kamadi Intestinal worm infection can increase the likelihood of genital herpes, according to a new study NAIROBI – New research has found that intestinal worm infections may put women at increased risk of sexually transmitted viral infections (STIs) – a discovery that researchers hope will help health workers to explain why STIs can be more virulent in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa, where worm infections are common. The study, published in Cell Host and Microbe, discovered that intestinal worm infection can change and increase the likelihood of Herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2) infection, which is the main cause of genital herpes. The study was conducted by an international team led by researchers from the University of Cape Town (UCT) and in collaboration with the University of Birmingham, University of Bonn, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, University of Liege and the French National Centre for Scientific Research “We have found that intestinal worm infection can change female reproductive tract (FRT) immunity by causing a worm associated immune response in the FRT, even though the worms never reside there,” said Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine, the lead author. “In particular, we found that worms induced eosinophils in the vagina. These are immune cells associated with anti-worm immunity and can cause allergic disease. Their role in the FRT is not known.” Horsnell added that if the eosinophils immune cells were “targetted with molecules that can deplete them, we can prevent the increase in pathology”. “This suggests that this pathology can be targeted and may be prevented or reduced by using existing drugs. The research also shows that eosinophils can have a very important role to play in vaginal immunity. This has never been so strongly demonstrated before,” he added. More Research Needed Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine The correlation between STIs and intestinal worm infections is an area of research that has not been given much attention in the past, said Horsnell, despite the fact that the rates of intestinal worm infections in sub-Saharan Africa are “huge,” especially since worm infections in the intestine can change immunity in other parts of the body. For example, even though researchers would expect 10-20% of study participants to have an active ascaris or hookworm infection, evidence of infection was well over 50%, explained Dr Horsnell. While UCT has an active vaginal mucosal (mucous membranes of the vagina) immunity unit that looks at microorganisms that influence vaginal immunity, researchers had “never looked at [whether] worm infection may also indirectly influence the vagina,” Horsnell noted in an interview with Health Policy Watch. Research Benefits According to the researchers, these findings were very unexpected. “We show that worm infections that never colonise the vagina cause a strong change in the vaginal immunity,” he explained. Until now, Horsnell maintains, research into STIs has largely neglected the role of worm infections. “Based on my other work looking at the effect of these infections on tissues not infected, I thought it was time we looked at the effect on STIs,” he said. Horsnell was hopeful that the discovery would boost efforts to understand how parasitic worm infection indirectly influences the control of sexually transmitted infections. Intestinal Worm Infections Have Declined, But Still a Concern Soil-transmitted helminth (worm) infections are among the most common intestinal worm infections worldwide, and affect the poorest and most deprived communities with compromised sanitation, according to Professor Charles Mwandawiro , senior principal research scientist at the Kenya Medical Research Institute (KEMRI). They are found in all sub-Saharan African countries. Countries with huge worm burdens include Nigeria, Ethiopia, DR Congo and Tanzania. “These worms are regarded as the main cause of intellectual and physical setbacks, especially in children,” said Mwandawiro, adding that they are associated with reduced cognitive ability, consequently denying children their full potential in life. Since 2009, KEMRI has been monitoring and evaluating the impact of deworming in 16 countries in Africa, and Mwandawiro maintains that the rates of infections have declined significantly in the last five years from 35% to 12%. The Institute has been working with the Japan International Cooperation Agency to coordinate de-worming exercises in nine countries in eastern and southern Africa. “The findings from such activities have achieved wider application on the African continent through the close working relationship with the World Health Organization,” Mwandawiro told Health Policy Watch in an interview. These intestinal worms include hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma duodenale), whipworms (trichuris) and roundworms (ascaris ). Disease resulting from intestinal worms is insidious, says Mwandawiro: “Worms compete with their victims for nutrients and vitamins, thereby causing general ill-health, anaemia and diarrhoea, which can lead to death,” he observes. Image Credits: UCT. WHO Appeals For Vaccine Donations To Cover Huge COVAX Shortfall 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVAX vaccine deliveries have stopped because of supply shortages. COVAX has a shortfall of 190 million COVID-19 vaccine doses, and the few manufacturers that have reached agreements with the facility will only deliver later in the year or even in 2022, World Health Organization (WHO) Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday. “Pfizer has committed to providing 40 million doses of vaccines to COVAX this year, but the majority of these would be [delivered] in the second half of 2021. We need those right now and call on them to bring forward deliveries, as soon as possible,” Tedros told the body’s biweekly pandemic briefing. “Moderna has signed a deal for 500 million doses with COVAX but the majority has been promised only for 2022. We need Moderna to bring hundreds of millions of this forward into 2021 due to the acute moment of this pandemic.” Meanwhile, COVAX discussions with Johnson & Johnson about getting its vaccine had not been finalised, he added. “While we appreciate the work of AstraZeneca, who have been steadily increasing the speed and volume of their deliveries, we need other manufacturers to follow suit,” stressed Tedros. Shortly after the WHO press conference, US President Joe Biden announced a major donation of 80 million vaccine doses that he said will be sent immediately overseas. America will never be fully safe while this pandemic is raging globally. That’s why today, I’m announcing that over the next six weeks we will send 80 million vaccine doses overseas. It is the right thing to do. It is the smart thing to do. It is the strong thing to do. — President Biden (@POTUS) May 17, 2021 G7 Could Donate 153 Million Doses, Says UNICEF UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore also drew attention to the COVAX shortfall in a statement on Monday, urging wealthy countries to donate doses to the facility. “G7 leaders will be meeting next month with a potential emergency stop-gap measure readily available,” said Fore, referring to research by Airfinity that showed that G7 nations and the ‘Team Europe’ group of European Union member states could donate around 153 million vaccine doses if they shared 20% of their supplies for June, July and August. Fore said that soaring domestic demand for vaccines in India meant that 140 million doses intended for distribution to low- and middle-income countries by the end of May could not be accessed by COVAX. “Another 50 million doses are likely to be missed in June,” said Fore. “This, added to vaccine nationalism, limited production capacity and lack of funding, is why the roll-out of COVID vaccines is so behind schedule.” She warned that the “deadly spike” in India could be a precursor to what might happen in other low- and middle-income countries “without equitable access to vaccines, diagnostics and therapeutics”. “While the situation in India is tragic, it is not unique. Cases are exploding and health systems are struggling in countries near – like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Maldives – and far, like Argentina and Brazil,” stressed Fore. “Sharing immediately available excess doses is a minimum, essential and emergency stop-gap measure, and it is needed right now.” Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with manufacturers such as Inceptor, Biolyse, Teva and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to ensure that 20% of the world’s population was vaccinated by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. However, he said that COVAX was in talks with a number of countries and was hopeful about “the possibility of larger-scale donations over the coming days, hopefully weeks at the longest”. “I’d like to emphasise that, in speaking to everyone, no one has surplus doses”, but would be donating from what they had,” said Aylward. Norway and Sweden have already made donations, while France, New Zealand, Belgium, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Spain, Portugal and US have all indicated that they want to donate. “What we’re hoping now that these pledges of donations can rapidly change into actual shipments of vaccines to countries that need them,” said Aylward. He added that the WHO and UNICEF were concerned that the gap between rich and poor countries was widening, as wealthier countries vaccinated “younger populations, non-risk populations in terms of severe disease” while many countries still did not have access to vaccines to cover healthcare workers and older people. Call for Low-Speed Cities Road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela This week UN Global Road Safety week and road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela joined the briefing to make an appeal for “low-speed cities”. “Throughout the pandemic, as cities around the world locked down and the traffic dropped, we’ve seen a different reality where road traffic injury have been briefly lowered, where our air was made cleaner, and our communities, in some ways, became more livable,” said Mandela, the granddaughter of iconic South African leader Nelson Mandela. “Now of course we need our cities to be fully functioning again. But what our campaigning has been focused on is how we can take some of these temporary benefits, and make them more permanent,” said Mandela. “I lost my daughter, Zenani Mandela, to road traffic injury. She was killed on a Johannesburg road and had just celebrated her 13th birthday. I have never recovered from this. And my family has never recovered from this. No family ever does,” said Mandela. “Every day, 3000 children and young people are killed or injured on the world’s roads. This is a crisis which is manmade, and one that is entirely preventable.” “Our call to action launch today is for low-speed streets in every community all around the world,” said Mandela, who called for urban streets where children and elderly mix with traffic to have 30km per hour speed limits. “Spain has committed to 30km an hour in its cities, the whole of the Brussels City region has been going at 30, and there’s work for low-speed streets all around the world from Bogota, and Mexico City,” she said. Image Credits: WHO, UNICEF. South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Big Pharma Commits to 5-Point Plan to Increase COVID-19 Vaccine Equity 19/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan Major global vaccine manufacturers and biotech companies have committed to a five-point plan to “advance COVID-19 vaccine equity”, focusing on “responsible dose-sharing” and “maximizing production”. They pointed out that, within a few months, vaccine doses had gone from “zero to 2.2 billion” and were predicted to reach 11 billion doses by the end of 2021 – “enough to vaccinate the world’s adult population”. “Critically, however, COVID-19 vaccines currently are not equally reaching all priority populations worldwide,” said a media statement issued by the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry (ABPI), Biotechnology Innovation Organization (BIO), European Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations (EFPIA), International Council of Biotechnology Associations (ICBA), International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA), Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA) and Vaccines Europe. Dose-Sharing and Optimising Production To enable more equitable distribution, the vaccine manufacturers and biotech companies committed to stepping up dose-sharing by working with governments with enough supply to “share a meaningful proportion of their doses with low- and lower-middle-income countries in a responsible and timely way through COVAX or other efficient established mechanisms”. Second, they committed to optimising production, “including through additional collaborations with partners that can produce significant quantities”. Third, they said they would identify trade barriers that needed to be eliminated. To do this, they aim to work with the new COVAX Supply Chain and Manufacturing Task Force that is identifying production gaps and facilitating “voluntary matchmaking for fill and finish capacity”. They would also urge governments to work with the World Trade Organization (WTO) to “eliminate all trade and regulatory barriers to export” and to “adopt policies that facilitate and expedite the cross-border supply of key raw materials, essential manufacturing materials, vaccines”. They also committed to supporting country readiness, “particularly in low- and lower-middle income countries, to ensure that they are ready and able to deploy available doses within their shelf life”. More Innovation Finally, they committed to driving “further innovation”, and “prioritise the development of new COVID-19 vaccines, including vaccines effective against variants of concern”. At the World Health Organization’s (WHO) bi-weekly media briefing on Monday, WHO Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus appealed to wealthy countries to urgently donate vaccines to COVAX, which has a 190-million shortfall. Tedros also called on various major pharmaceutical companies to either increase their COVAX commitments, speed up delivery or reach agreements with the vaccine platform. Meanwhile, UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore quoted research which showed that G7 and European countries could make 153 million vaccine doses available if they shared 20% of their supply for June, July and August. Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with companies like Teva, Incepta, Biolyse and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to vaccinate 20% of the world’s people by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. Image Credits: NBC, NBC News. Sanofi-GSK Position SARS-CoV2 Candidate Vaccine as Potential ‘Booster’ 18/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVID-19 vaccination in Lima, Peru. Sanofi and GSK will test their two-dose SARS-CoV2 vaccine candidate as a booster for other vaccines during its phase 3 trial, following a phase 2 trial that showed that it triggered a strong neutralizing antibody response in people previously vaccinated. Those who had already been vaccinated showed a strong response after one jab, indicating that that the candidate vaccine could be used as a “booster” shot against variants, according to a press statement from Sanofi on Monday. The as-yet-unpublished results showed “95% to 100% seroconversion following a second injection in all age groups (18 to 95 years old) and across all doses, with acceptable tolerability and with no safety concerns,” according to Sanofi. The phase 2 trial, which started in February in the US and Honduras, consisted of 722 volunteers split equally between those aged 18 to 59 year-olds and those 60 years and above. The adjuvanted recombinant vaccine is based on one of Sanofi’s seasonal influenza vaccines in combination with GSK’s pandemic adjuvant, and it targets the SARS-CoV2 virus spike protein. “Our phase 2 data confirm the potential of this vaccine to play a role in addressing this ongoing global public health crisis, as we know multiple vaccines will be needed, especially as variants continue to emerge and the need for effective and booster vaccines, which can be stored at normal temperatures, increases”, said Thomas Triomphe, Executive Vice President and Global Head of Sanofi Pasteur on Monday. ‘Shows Potential to Address Variants’ GSK president Roger Connor added that the data showed “the potential of this protein-based adjuvanted vaccine candidate in the broader context of the pandemic, including the need to address variants and to provide for booster doses”. The companies intend to start a phase 3 trial “as soon as possible to meet our goal of making it available before the end of the year”, added Connor. Around 35,000 people will be enrolled in the phase 3 trial, which will include “booster studies with various variant formulations in order to assess the ability of a lower dose of the vaccine to generate a strong booster response regardless of the initial vaccine platform received,” according to the media release. Booster shots may be necessary to address new virus variants that are able to escape the neutralising antibodies of earlier vaccines. Results of the Novavax vaccine, published in Nature in March, support this concern. The vaccine was 90% effective against the UK-identified B1.17 variant but only 49.4% effective against the B1.351 variant first identified in South Africa. Newer variants identified in Brazil and India have not yet been tested against vaccines. But Columbia University Professor David Ho, the Novavax study’s lead author, said that his study and other data showed that “the virus is traveling in a direction that is causing it to escape from our current vaccines”. “If the rampant spread of the virus continues and more critical mutations accumulate, then we may be condemned to chasing after the evolving SARS-CoV-2 continually, as we have long done for influenza virus,” Ho said in an interview. Image Credits: International Monetary Fund/Ernesto Benavides. Pakistan Drags its Feet on Tobacco Control, Activists Fear Industry Interference 18/05/2021 Rahul Basharat Rajput & Mohammed Nadeem Chaudhry Pictorial warnings on cigarette packs are one of the measures required by signatories to the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control. ISLAMABAD – Pakistan health authorities are struggling to fully implement a World Health Organization (WHO) treaty to help reduce tobacco-related diseases in the country – some 17 years after they ratified it. Furthermore, the country’s health ministry recently announced the termination of the services of a number of staff members in its Tobacco Control Cell (TCC), the only government body addressing tobacco consumption, by the end of May. When challenged, government officials claimed that its tobacco control work would not be affected, but tobacco control activists fear that they have given in to industry pressure to close down the TCC. Pakistan signed the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC) in 2004, and in terms of its guidelines, signatories are duty-bound to increase excise duty on cigarettes by up to 70% and impose pictorial health warnings covering up to 85% of cigarette packs. Countries also undertake to monitor tobacco use, protect passive smokers, provide facilities to help people to quit tobacco and enforce bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship. Not Enough Taxes or Pictorial Warnings But activists believe that the country’s Ministry of National Health Services Regulations and Coordination (NHSR&C) has failed to achieve a significant increase in federal excise duty (FED) or place sufficient pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs. “So far, Pakistan has increased the FED to 45% and pictorial warning to 50% only,” says Sanaullah Ghuman, Secretary General of the Pakistan National Heart Association (PANAH). Despite vowing to impose a “health levy” on tobacco and sugary drinks back in 2018 and to spend the proceeds on the health sector, this levy has never been adopted – and some believe it is being deliberately delayed. Ghuman believes that the future of the levy hangs in the balance as it has been in line for three years to become a law. He also believes that Pakistan should increase taxation on tobacco products, but said this issue was given very low priority in the current budget. Despite a recommendation from the Ombudsman Court and Law Department that the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) should “immediately” implement the health levy, the matter is on backburner in FBR, added Ghuman. In 2014, the health ministry announced that it would introduce health pictorial warnings to cover 85% of cigarette packs but this has never been implemented and warnings currently only cover 60% of packs. “India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Iran all have comparatively higher pictorial size warnings on cigarette packs and high prices when compared to Pakistan,” said Ghuman. Huge Cost of Tobacco Use The senator’s cigarettes were distributed to MPs branded as ‘Senate House’. Pakistan has an estimated 22 million smokers and is one of 15 countries with a high burden of tobacco-related diseases. Over 30% of men and almost 6% of women smoke and, according to the TCC website, 163,360 people died in 2017 due to tobacco use in the country. Between 30-40% of Pakistanis die of cardiovascular diseases and tobacco-induced heart attacks are one of the major reasons for this, according to a study by Center for Global and Strategic Studies (CGSS) published in January. In addition, 1.5 million cases of oral cancer and almost half of tobacco users contracted tuberculosis, according to the study. Discouraging tobacco consumption in public remains a tough task for the Pakistan government as its own ministers have been found violating smoking in public places. The current Minister for Interior smoked during a press conference in his previous portfolio as minister for railways. Meanwhile, a senator who is also a cigarette manufacturer was exposed in the media for distributing cigarettes branded ‘Senate House’ in the parliament. However, Prime Minister Imran Khan, who also established the first cancer hospital in the country, is in favour of taxing tobacco products. According to a document obtained by Health Policy Watch, Dr Faisal Sultan, the Special Assistant on health to the Prime Minister (SAPM), urged the then advisor to finance, Dr Abdul Hafeez Shaikh, to impose the proposed health tax on tobacco and sugary drinks. According to the letter: “Health tax on tobacco @Rs10/per pack of 20 cigarettes and on carbonated drinks @Rs1/250 ml bottle through Finance Bill 2019-20 shall be imposed”. “The revenue generated through this health tax will be earmarked for the health sector development over and above its routine budgetary allocation. The Finance Bill will also include measures to check illegal manufacturing and illicit trade of cigarettes and other tobacco products,” the letter added. Malik Imran, head of Tobacco Free KidsPakistan, told Health Policy Watch that the national exchequer had lost PKR 615 billion (around $4.3 billion) by not increasing tobacco taxes. “It’s about 1.6% loss in GDP,” Imran said, adding that, due to inflation, the tax on cigarettes was effectively at the 2016 level of 33% instead of the framework-recommended 70%. According to a study conducted by a semi-government department Pakistan Institute of Development Economics (PIDE), the cost of treating smoking-realted cancer, cardiovascular and respiratory diseases was estimated to be Rs437.8 billion ($6 billion) in 2018–2019. In comparison, the total revenue collected from the tobacco sector covered only around 20 percent of the total cost of smoking. Health Levy is Still on Track, Says Official A senior official of the federal health ministry, who requested not to be named, said that one project of the TCC is going to be closed at the end of May and staff contracts terminated. The official said that “it does not affect FCTC work”. The official added that the health ministry had followed up on the health levy bill with the law division and the Federal Board of Revenue was expected to submit it as an ordinary bill in the parliament after the budget, because it is not a money bill. The official also said that, at present pictorial health warnings were at 60% of packs as the decision to increase this to 85% was being challenged in court. The official claims that “we are working on raising FED on cigarettes in this budget”. The Prime Minister’s Aide on Health, Dr Faisal Sultan, said that the TCC had not been dissolved, the health levy was being worked upon and the health ministry was pushing for it and that the pictorial warnings were likely be enhanced. The WHO’s country office did not respond to a number of requests for comment although its communication officer ,Maryam Yunus, acknowledged receiving the queries. The letter informing the Tobacco Control Cell that its pictorial warnings project was being closed. Intestinal Worm Infection Can ‘Predispose Women To Viral STIs’ 18/05/2021 Geoffrey Kamadi Intestinal worm infection can increase the likelihood of genital herpes, according to a new study NAIROBI – New research has found that intestinal worm infections may put women at increased risk of sexually transmitted viral infections (STIs) – a discovery that researchers hope will help health workers to explain why STIs can be more virulent in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa, where worm infections are common. The study, published in Cell Host and Microbe, discovered that intestinal worm infection can change and increase the likelihood of Herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2) infection, which is the main cause of genital herpes. The study was conducted by an international team led by researchers from the University of Cape Town (UCT) and in collaboration with the University of Birmingham, University of Bonn, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, University of Liege and the French National Centre for Scientific Research “We have found that intestinal worm infection can change female reproductive tract (FRT) immunity by causing a worm associated immune response in the FRT, even though the worms never reside there,” said Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine, the lead author. “In particular, we found that worms induced eosinophils in the vagina. These are immune cells associated with anti-worm immunity and can cause allergic disease. Their role in the FRT is not known.” Horsnell added that if the eosinophils immune cells were “targetted with molecules that can deplete them, we can prevent the increase in pathology”. “This suggests that this pathology can be targeted and may be prevented or reduced by using existing drugs. The research also shows that eosinophils can have a very important role to play in vaginal immunity. This has never been so strongly demonstrated before,” he added. More Research Needed Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine The correlation between STIs and intestinal worm infections is an area of research that has not been given much attention in the past, said Horsnell, despite the fact that the rates of intestinal worm infections in sub-Saharan Africa are “huge,” especially since worm infections in the intestine can change immunity in other parts of the body. For example, even though researchers would expect 10-20% of study participants to have an active ascaris or hookworm infection, evidence of infection was well over 50%, explained Dr Horsnell. While UCT has an active vaginal mucosal (mucous membranes of the vagina) immunity unit that looks at microorganisms that influence vaginal immunity, researchers had “never looked at [whether] worm infection may also indirectly influence the vagina,” Horsnell noted in an interview with Health Policy Watch. Research Benefits According to the researchers, these findings were very unexpected. “We show that worm infections that never colonise the vagina cause a strong change in the vaginal immunity,” he explained. Until now, Horsnell maintains, research into STIs has largely neglected the role of worm infections. “Based on my other work looking at the effect of these infections on tissues not infected, I thought it was time we looked at the effect on STIs,” he said. Horsnell was hopeful that the discovery would boost efforts to understand how parasitic worm infection indirectly influences the control of sexually transmitted infections. Intestinal Worm Infections Have Declined, But Still a Concern Soil-transmitted helminth (worm) infections are among the most common intestinal worm infections worldwide, and affect the poorest and most deprived communities with compromised sanitation, according to Professor Charles Mwandawiro , senior principal research scientist at the Kenya Medical Research Institute (KEMRI). They are found in all sub-Saharan African countries. Countries with huge worm burdens include Nigeria, Ethiopia, DR Congo and Tanzania. “These worms are regarded as the main cause of intellectual and physical setbacks, especially in children,” said Mwandawiro, adding that they are associated with reduced cognitive ability, consequently denying children their full potential in life. Since 2009, KEMRI has been monitoring and evaluating the impact of deworming in 16 countries in Africa, and Mwandawiro maintains that the rates of infections have declined significantly in the last five years from 35% to 12%. The Institute has been working with the Japan International Cooperation Agency to coordinate de-worming exercises in nine countries in eastern and southern Africa. “The findings from such activities have achieved wider application on the African continent through the close working relationship with the World Health Organization,” Mwandawiro told Health Policy Watch in an interview. These intestinal worms include hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma duodenale), whipworms (trichuris) and roundworms (ascaris ). Disease resulting from intestinal worms is insidious, says Mwandawiro: “Worms compete with their victims for nutrients and vitamins, thereby causing general ill-health, anaemia and diarrhoea, which can lead to death,” he observes. Image Credits: UCT. WHO Appeals For Vaccine Donations To Cover Huge COVAX Shortfall 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVAX vaccine deliveries have stopped because of supply shortages. COVAX has a shortfall of 190 million COVID-19 vaccine doses, and the few manufacturers that have reached agreements with the facility will only deliver later in the year or even in 2022, World Health Organization (WHO) Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday. “Pfizer has committed to providing 40 million doses of vaccines to COVAX this year, but the majority of these would be [delivered] in the second half of 2021. We need those right now and call on them to bring forward deliveries, as soon as possible,” Tedros told the body’s biweekly pandemic briefing. “Moderna has signed a deal for 500 million doses with COVAX but the majority has been promised only for 2022. We need Moderna to bring hundreds of millions of this forward into 2021 due to the acute moment of this pandemic.” Meanwhile, COVAX discussions with Johnson & Johnson about getting its vaccine had not been finalised, he added. “While we appreciate the work of AstraZeneca, who have been steadily increasing the speed and volume of their deliveries, we need other manufacturers to follow suit,” stressed Tedros. Shortly after the WHO press conference, US President Joe Biden announced a major donation of 80 million vaccine doses that he said will be sent immediately overseas. America will never be fully safe while this pandemic is raging globally. That’s why today, I’m announcing that over the next six weeks we will send 80 million vaccine doses overseas. It is the right thing to do. It is the smart thing to do. It is the strong thing to do. — President Biden (@POTUS) May 17, 2021 G7 Could Donate 153 Million Doses, Says UNICEF UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore also drew attention to the COVAX shortfall in a statement on Monday, urging wealthy countries to donate doses to the facility. “G7 leaders will be meeting next month with a potential emergency stop-gap measure readily available,” said Fore, referring to research by Airfinity that showed that G7 nations and the ‘Team Europe’ group of European Union member states could donate around 153 million vaccine doses if they shared 20% of their supplies for June, July and August. Fore said that soaring domestic demand for vaccines in India meant that 140 million doses intended for distribution to low- and middle-income countries by the end of May could not be accessed by COVAX. “Another 50 million doses are likely to be missed in June,” said Fore. “This, added to vaccine nationalism, limited production capacity and lack of funding, is why the roll-out of COVID vaccines is so behind schedule.” She warned that the “deadly spike” in India could be a precursor to what might happen in other low- and middle-income countries “without equitable access to vaccines, diagnostics and therapeutics”. “While the situation in India is tragic, it is not unique. Cases are exploding and health systems are struggling in countries near – like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Maldives – and far, like Argentina and Brazil,” stressed Fore. “Sharing immediately available excess doses is a minimum, essential and emergency stop-gap measure, and it is needed right now.” Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with manufacturers such as Inceptor, Biolyse, Teva and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to ensure that 20% of the world’s population was vaccinated by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. However, he said that COVAX was in talks with a number of countries and was hopeful about “the possibility of larger-scale donations over the coming days, hopefully weeks at the longest”. “I’d like to emphasise that, in speaking to everyone, no one has surplus doses”, but would be donating from what they had,” said Aylward. Norway and Sweden have already made donations, while France, New Zealand, Belgium, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Spain, Portugal and US have all indicated that they want to donate. “What we’re hoping now that these pledges of donations can rapidly change into actual shipments of vaccines to countries that need them,” said Aylward. He added that the WHO and UNICEF were concerned that the gap between rich and poor countries was widening, as wealthier countries vaccinated “younger populations, non-risk populations in terms of severe disease” while many countries still did not have access to vaccines to cover healthcare workers and older people. Call for Low-Speed Cities Road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela This week UN Global Road Safety week and road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela joined the briefing to make an appeal for “low-speed cities”. “Throughout the pandemic, as cities around the world locked down and the traffic dropped, we’ve seen a different reality where road traffic injury have been briefly lowered, where our air was made cleaner, and our communities, in some ways, became more livable,” said Mandela, the granddaughter of iconic South African leader Nelson Mandela. “Now of course we need our cities to be fully functioning again. But what our campaigning has been focused on is how we can take some of these temporary benefits, and make them more permanent,” said Mandela. “I lost my daughter, Zenani Mandela, to road traffic injury. She was killed on a Johannesburg road and had just celebrated her 13th birthday. I have never recovered from this. And my family has never recovered from this. No family ever does,” said Mandela. “Every day, 3000 children and young people are killed or injured on the world’s roads. This is a crisis which is manmade, and one that is entirely preventable.” “Our call to action launch today is for low-speed streets in every community all around the world,” said Mandela, who called for urban streets where children and elderly mix with traffic to have 30km per hour speed limits. “Spain has committed to 30km an hour in its cities, the whole of the Brussels City region has been going at 30, and there’s work for low-speed streets all around the world from Bogota, and Mexico City,” she said. Image Credits: WHO, UNICEF. South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Sanofi-GSK Position SARS-CoV2 Candidate Vaccine as Potential ‘Booster’ 18/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVID-19 vaccination in Lima, Peru. Sanofi and GSK will test their two-dose SARS-CoV2 vaccine candidate as a booster for other vaccines during its phase 3 trial, following a phase 2 trial that showed that it triggered a strong neutralizing antibody response in people previously vaccinated. Those who had already been vaccinated showed a strong response after one jab, indicating that that the candidate vaccine could be used as a “booster” shot against variants, according to a press statement from Sanofi on Monday. The as-yet-unpublished results showed “95% to 100% seroconversion following a second injection in all age groups (18 to 95 years old) and across all doses, with acceptable tolerability and with no safety concerns,” according to Sanofi. The phase 2 trial, which started in February in the US and Honduras, consisted of 722 volunteers split equally between those aged 18 to 59 year-olds and those 60 years and above. The adjuvanted recombinant vaccine is based on one of Sanofi’s seasonal influenza vaccines in combination with GSK’s pandemic adjuvant, and it targets the SARS-CoV2 virus spike protein. “Our phase 2 data confirm the potential of this vaccine to play a role in addressing this ongoing global public health crisis, as we know multiple vaccines will be needed, especially as variants continue to emerge and the need for effective and booster vaccines, which can be stored at normal temperatures, increases”, said Thomas Triomphe, Executive Vice President and Global Head of Sanofi Pasteur on Monday. ‘Shows Potential to Address Variants’ GSK president Roger Connor added that the data showed “the potential of this protein-based adjuvanted vaccine candidate in the broader context of the pandemic, including the need to address variants and to provide for booster doses”. The companies intend to start a phase 3 trial “as soon as possible to meet our goal of making it available before the end of the year”, added Connor. Around 35,000 people will be enrolled in the phase 3 trial, which will include “booster studies with various variant formulations in order to assess the ability of a lower dose of the vaccine to generate a strong booster response regardless of the initial vaccine platform received,” according to the media release. Booster shots may be necessary to address new virus variants that are able to escape the neutralising antibodies of earlier vaccines. Results of the Novavax vaccine, published in Nature in March, support this concern. The vaccine was 90% effective against the UK-identified B1.17 variant but only 49.4% effective against the B1.351 variant first identified in South Africa. Newer variants identified in Brazil and India have not yet been tested against vaccines. But Columbia University Professor David Ho, the Novavax study’s lead author, said that his study and other data showed that “the virus is traveling in a direction that is causing it to escape from our current vaccines”. “If the rampant spread of the virus continues and more critical mutations accumulate, then we may be condemned to chasing after the evolving SARS-CoV-2 continually, as we have long done for influenza virus,” Ho said in an interview. Image Credits: International Monetary Fund/Ernesto Benavides. Pakistan Drags its Feet on Tobacco Control, Activists Fear Industry Interference 18/05/2021 Rahul Basharat Rajput & Mohammed Nadeem Chaudhry Pictorial warnings on cigarette packs are one of the measures required by signatories to the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control. ISLAMABAD – Pakistan health authorities are struggling to fully implement a World Health Organization (WHO) treaty to help reduce tobacco-related diseases in the country – some 17 years after they ratified it. Furthermore, the country’s health ministry recently announced the termination of the services of a number of staff members in its Tobacco Control Cell (TCC), the only government body addressing tobacco consumption, by the end of May. When challenged, government officials claimed that its tobacco control work would not be affected, but tobacco control activists fear that they have given in to industry pressure to close down the TCC. Pakistan signed the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC) in 2004, and in terms of its guidelines, signatories are duty-bound to increase excise duty on cigarettes by up to 70% and impose pictorial health warnings covering up to 85% of cigarette packs. Countries also undertake to monitor tobacco use, protect passive smokers, provide facilities to help people to quit tobacco and enforce bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship. Not Enough Taxes or Pictorial Warnings But activists believe that the country’s Ministry of National Health Services Regulations and Coordination (NHSR&C) has failed to achieve a significant increase in federal excise duty (FED) or place sufficient pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs. “So far, Pakistan has increased the FED to 45% and pictorial warning to 50% only,” says Sanaullah Ghuman, Secretary General of the Pakistan National Heart Association (PANAH). Despite vowing to impose a “health levy” on tobacco and sugary drinks back in 2018 and to spend the proceeds on the health sector, this levy has never been adopted – and some believe it is being deliberately delayed. Ghuman believes that the future of the levy hangs in the balance as it has been in line for three years to become a law. He also believes that Pakistan should increase taxation on tobacco products, but said this issue was given very low priority in the current budget. Despite a recommendation from the Ombudsman Court and Law Department that the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) should “immediately” implement the health levy, the matter is on backburner in FBR, added Ghuman. In 2014, the health ministry announced that it would introduce health pictorial warnings to cover 85% of cigarette packs but this has never been implemented and warnings currently only cover 60% of packs. “India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Iran all have comparatively higher pictorial size warnings on cigarette packs and high prices when compared to Pakistan,” said Ghuman. Huge Cost of Tobacco Use The senator’s cigarettes were distributed to MPs branded as ‘Senate House’. Pakistan has an estimated 22 million smokers and is one of 15 countries with a high burden of tobacco-related diseases. Over 30% of men and almost 6% of women smoke and, according to the TCC website, 163,360 people died in 2017 due to tobacco use in the country. Between 30-40% of Pakistanis die of cardiovascular diseases and tobacco-induced heart attacks are one of the major reasons for this, according to a study by Center for Global and Strategic Studies (CGSS) published in January. In addition, 1.5 million cases of oral cancer and almost half of tobacco users contracted tuberculosis, according to the study. Discouraging tobacco consumption in public remains a tough task for the Pakistan government as its own ministers have been found violating smoking in public places. The current Minister for Interior smoked during a press conference in his previous portfolio as minister for railways. Meanwhile, a senator who is also a cigarette manufacturer was exposed in the media for distributing cigarettes branded ‘Senate House’ in the parliament. However, Prime Minister Imran Khan, who also established the first cancer hospital in the country, is in favour of taxing tobacco products. According to a document obtained by Health Policy Watch, Dr Faisal Sultan, the Special Assistant on health to the Prime Minister (SAPM), urged the then advisor to finance, Dr Abdul Hafeez Shaikh, to impose the proposed health tax on tobacco and sugary drinks. According to the letter: “Health tax on tobacco @Rs10/per pack of 20 cigarettes and on carbonated drinks @Rs1/250 ml bottle through Finance Bill 2019-20 shall be imposed”. “The revenue generated through this health tax will be earmarked for the health sector development over and above its routine budgetary allocation. The Finance Bill will also include measures to check illegal manufacturing and illicit trade of cigarettes and other tobacco products,” the letter added. Malik Imran, head of Tobacco Free KidsPakistan, told Health Policy Watch that the national exchequer had lost PKR 615 billion (around $4.3 billion) by not increasing tobacco taxes. “It’s about 1.6% loss in GDP,” Imran said, adding that, due to inflation, the tax on cigarettes was effectively at the 2016 level of 33% instead of the framework-recommended 70%. According to a study conducted by a semi-government department Pakistan Institute of Development Economics (PIDE), the cost of treating smoking-realted cancer, cardiovascular and respiratory diseases was estimated to be Rs437.8 billion ($6 billion) in 2018–2019. In comparison, the total revenue collected from the tobacco sector covered only around 20 percent of the total cost of smoking. Health Levy is Still on Track, Says Official A senior official of the federal health ministry, who requested not to be named, said that one project of the TCC is going to be closed at the end of May and staff contracts terminated. The official said that “it does not affect FCTC work”. The official added that the health ministry had followed up on the health levy bill with the law division and the Federal Board of Revenue was expected to submit it as an ordinary bill in the parliament after the budget, because it is not a money bill. The official also said that, at present pictorial health warnings were at 60% of packs as the decision to increase this to 85% was being challenged in court. The official claims that “we are working on raising FED on cigarettes in this budget”. The Prime Minister’s Aide on Health, Dr Faisal Sultan, said that the TCC had not been dissolved, the health levy was being worked upon and the health ministry was pushing for it and that the pictorial warnings were likely be enhanced. The WHO’s country office did not respond to a number of requests for comment although its communication officer ,Maryam Yunus, acknowledged receiving the queries. The letter informing the Tobacco Control Cell that its pictorial warnings project was being closed. Intestinal Worm Infection Can ‘Predispose Women To Viral STIs’ 18/05/2021 Geoffrey Kamadi Intestinal worm infection can increase the likelihood of genital herpes, according to a new study NAIROBI – New research has found that intestinal worm infections may put women at increased risk of sexually transmitted viral infections (STIs) – a discovery that researchers hope will help health workers to explain why STIs can be more virulent in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa, where worm infections are common. The study, published in Cell Host and Microbe, discovered that intestinal worm infection can change and increase the likelihood of Herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2) infection, which is the main cause of genital herpes. The study was conducted by an international team led by researchers from the University of Cape Town (UCT) and in collaboration with the University of Birmingham, University of Bonn, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, University of Liege and the French National Centre for Scientific Research “We have found that intestinal worm infection can change female reproductive tract (FRT) immunity by causing a worm associated immune response in the FRT, even though the worms never reside there,” said Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine, the lead author. “In particular, we found that worms induced eosinophils in the vagina. These are immune cells associated with anti-worm immunity and can cause allergic disease. Their role in the FRT is not known.” Horsnell added that if the eosinophils immune cells were “targetted with molecules that can deplete them, we can prevent the increase in pathology”. “This suggests that this pathology can be targeted and may be prevented or reduced by using existing drugs. The research also shows that eosinophils can have a very important role to play in vaginal immunity. This has never been so strongly demonstrated before,” he added. More Research Needed Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine The correlation between STIs and intestinal worm infections is an area of research that has not been given much attention in the past, said Horsnell, despite the fact that the rates of intestinal worm infections in sub-Saharan Africa are “huge,” especially since worm infections in the intestine can change immunity in other parts of the body. For example, even though researchers would expect 10-20% of study participants to have an active ascaris or hookworm infection, evidence of infection was well over 50%, explained Dr Horsnell. While UCT has an active vaginal mucosal (mucous membranes of the vagina) immunity unit that looks at microorganisms that influence vaginal immunity, researchers had “never looked at [whether] worm infection may also indirectly influence the vagina,” Horsnell noted in an interview with Health Policy Watch. Research Benefits According to the researchers, these findings were very unexpected. “We show that worm infections that never colonise the vagina cause a strong change in the vaginal immunity,” he explained. Until now, Horsnell maintains, research into STIs has largely neglected the role of worm infections. “Based on my other work looking at the effect of these infections on tissues not infected, I thought it was time we looked at the effect on STIs,” he said. Horsnell was hopeful that the discovery would boost efforts to understand how parasitic worm infection indirectly influences the control of sexually transmitted infections. Intestinal Worm Infections Have Declined, But Still a Concern Soil-transmitted helminth (worm) infections are among the most common intestinal worm infections worldwide, and affect the poorest and most deprived communities with compromised sanitation, according to Professor Charles Mwandawiro , senior principal research scientist at the Kenya Medical Research Institute (KEMRI). They are found in all sub-Saharan African countries. Countries with huge worm burdens include Nigeria, Ethiopia, DR Congo and Tanzania. “These worms are regarded as the main cause of intellectual and physical setbacks, especially in children,” said Mwandawiro, adding that they are associated with reduced cognitive ability, consequently denying children their full potential in life. Since 2009, KEMRI has been monitoring and evaluating the impact of deworming in 16 countries in Africa, and Mwandawiro maintains that the rates of infections have declined significantly in the last five years from 35% to 12%. The Institute has been working with the Japan International Cooperation Agency to coordinate de-worming exercises in nine countries in eastern and southern Africa. “The findings from such activities have achieved wider application on the African continent through the close working relationship with the World Health Organization,” Mwandawiro told Health Policy Watch in an interview. These intestinal worms include hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma duodenale), whipworms (trichuris) and roundworms (ascaris ). Disease resulting from intestinal worms is insidious, says Mwandawiro: “Worms compete with their victims for nutrients and vitamins, thereby causing general ill-health, anaemia and diarrhoea, which can lead to death,” he observes. Image Credits: UCT. WHO Appeals For Vaccine Donations To Cover Huge COVAX Shortfall 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVAX vaccine deliveries have stopped because of supply shortages. COVAX has a shortfall of 190 million COVID-19 vaccine doses, and the few manufacturers that have reached agreements with the facility will only deliver later in the year or even in 2022, World Health Organization (WHO) Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday. “Pfizer has committed to providing 40 million doses of vaccines to COVAX this year, but the majority of these would be [delivered] in the second half of 2021. We need those right now and call on them to bring forward deliveries, as soon as possible,” Tedros told the body’s biweekly pandemic briefing. “Moderna has signed a deal for 500 million doses with COVAX but the majority has been promised only for 2022. We need Moderna to bring hundreds of millions of this forward into 2021 due to the acute moment of this pandemic.” Meanwhile, COVAX discussions with Johnson & Johnson about getting its vaccine had not been finalised, he added. “While we appreciate the work of AstraZeneca, who have been steadily increasing the speed and volume of their deliveries, we need other manufacturers to follow suit,” stressed Tedros. Shortly after the WHO press conference, US President Joe Biden announced a major donation of 80 million vaccine doses that he said will be sent immediately overseas. America will never be fully safe while this pandemic is raging globally. That’s why today, I’m announcing that over the next six weeks we will send 80 million vaccine doses overseas. It is the right thing to do. It is the smart thing to do. It is the strong thing to do. — President Biden (@POTUS) May 17, 2021 G7 Could Donate 153 Million Doses, Says UNICEF UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore also drew attention to the COVAX shortfall in a statement on Monday, urging wealthy countries to donate doses to the facility. “G7 leaders will be meeting next month with a potential emergency stop-gap measure readily available,” said Fore, referring to research by Airfinity that showed that G7 nations and the ‘Team Europe’ group of European Union member states could donate around 153 million vaccine doses if they shared 20% of their supplies for June, July and August. Fore said that soaring domestic demand for vaccines in India meant that 140 million doses intended for distribution to low- and middle-income countries by the end of May could not be accessed by COVAX. “Another 50 million doses are likely to be missed in June,” said Fore. “This, added to vaccine nationalism, limited production capacity and lack of funding, is why the roll-out of COVID vaccines is so behind schedule.” She warned that the “deadly spike” in India could be a precursor to what might happen in other low- and middle-income countries “without equitable access to vaccines, diagnostics and therapeutics”. “While the situation in India is tragic, it is not unique. Cases are exploding and health systems are struggling in countries near – like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Maldives – and far, like Argentina and Brazil,” stressed Fore. “Sharing immediately available excess doses is a minimum, essential and emergency stop-gap measure, and it is needed right now.” Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with manufacturers such as Inceptor, Biolyse, Teva and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to ensure that 20% of the world’s population was vaccinated by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. However, he said that COVAX was in talks with a number of countries and was hopeful about “the possibility of larger-scale donations over the coming days, hopefully weeks at the longest”. “I’d like to emphasise that, in speaking to everyone, no one has surplus doses”, but would be donating from what they had,” said Aylward. Norway and Sweden have already made donations, while France, New Zealand, Belgium, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Spain, Portugal and US have all indicated that they want to donate. “What we’re hoping now that these pledges of donations can rapidly change into actual shipments of vaccines to countries that need them,” said Aylward. He added that the WHO and UNICEF were concerned that the gap between rich and poor countries was widening, as wealthier countries vaccinated “younger populations, non-risk populations in terms of severe disease” while many countries still did not have access to vaccines to cover healthcare workers and older people. Call for Low-Speed Cities Road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela This week UN Global Road Safety week and road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela joined the briefing to make an appeal for “low-speed cities”. “Throughout the pandemic, as cities around the world locked down and the traffic dropped, we’ve seen a different reality where road traffic injury have been briefly lowered, where our air was made cleaner, and our communities, in some ways, became more livable,” said Mandela, the granddaughter of iconic South African leader Nelson Mandela. “Now of course we need our cities to be fully functioning again. But what our campaigning has been focused on is how we can take some of these temporary benefits, and make them more permanent,” said Mandela. “I lost my daughter, Zenani Mandela, to road traffic injury. She was killed on a Johannesburg road and had just celebrated her 13th birthday. I have never recovered from this. And my family has never recovered from this. No family ever does,” said Mandela. “Every day, 3000 children and young people are killed or injured on the world’s roads. This is a crisis which is manmade, and one that is entirely preventable.” “Our call to action launch today is for low-speed streets in every community all around the world,” said Mandela, who called for urban streets where children and elderly mix with traffic to have 30km per hour speed limits. “Spain has committed to 30km an hour in its cities, the whole of the Brussels City region has been going at 30, and there’s work for low-speed streets all around the world from Bogota, and Mexico City,” she said. Image Credits: WHO, UNICEF. South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Pakistan Drags its Feet on Tobacco Control, Activists Fear Industry Interference 18/05/2021 Rahul Basharat Rajput & Mohammed Nadeem Chaudhry Pictorial warnings on cigarette packs are one of the measures required by signatories to the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control. ISLAMABAD – Pakistan health authorities are struggling to fully implement a World Health Organization (WHO) treaty to help reduce tobacco-related diseases in the country – some 17 years after they ratified it. Furthermore, the country’s health ministry recently announced the termination of the services of a number of staff members in its Tobacco Control Cell (TCC), the only government body addressing tobacco consumption, by the end of May. When challenged, government officials claimed that its tobacco control work would not be affected, but tobacco control activists fear that they have given in to industry pressure to close down the TCC. Pakistan signed the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC) in 2004, and in terms of its guidelines, signatories are duty-bound to increase excise duty on cigarettes by up to 70% and impose pictorial health warnings covering up to 85% of cigarette packs. Countries also undertake to monitor tobacco use, protect passive smokers, provide facilities to help people to quit tobacco and enforce bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship. Not Enough Taxes or Pictorial Warnings But activists believe that the country’s Ministry of National Health Services Regulations and Coordination (NHSR&C) has failed to achieve a significant increase in federal excise duty (FED) or place sufficient pictorial health warnings on cigarette packs. “So far, Pakistan has increased the FED to 45% and pictorial warning to 50% only,” says Sanaullah Ghuman, Secretary General of the Pakistan National Heart Association (PANAH). Despite vowing to impose a “health levy” on tobacco and sugary drinks back in 2018 and to spend the proceeds on the health sector, this levy has never been adopted – and some believe it is being deliberately delayed. Ghuman believes that the future of the levy hangs in the balance as it has been in line for three years to become a law. He also believes that Pakistan should increase taxation on tobacco products, but said this issue was given very low priority in the current budget. Despite a recommendation from the Ombudsman Court and Law Department that the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) should “immediately” implement the health levy, the matter is on backburner in FBR, added Ghuman. In 2014, the health ministry announced that it would introduce health pictorial warnings to cover 85% of cigarette packs but this has never been implemented and warnings currently only cover 60% of packs. “India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Iran all have comparatively higher pictorial size warnings on cigarette packs and high prices when compared to Pakistan,” said Ghuman. Huge Cost of Tobacco Use The senator’s cigarettes were distributed to MPs branded as ‘Senate House’. Pakistan has an estimated 22 million smokers and is one of 15 countries with a high burden of tobacco-related diseases. Over 30% of men and almost 6% of women smoke and, according to the TCC website, 163,360 people died in 2017 due to tobacco use in the country. Between 30-40% of Pakistanis die of cardiovascular diseases and tobacco-induced heart attacks are one of the major reasons for this, according to a study by Center for Global and Strategic Studies (CGSS) published in January. In addition, 1.5 million cases of oral cancer and almost half of tobacco users contracted tuberculosis, according to the study. Discouraging tobacco consumption in public remains a tough task for the Pakistan government as its own ministers have been found violating smoking in public places. The current Minister for Interior smoked during a press conference in his previous portfolio as minister for railways. Meanwhile, a senator who is also a cigarette manufacturer was exposed in the media for distributing cigarettes branded ‘Senate House’ in the parliament. However, Prime Minister Imran Khan, who also established the first cancer hospital in the country, is in favour of taxing tobacco products. According to a document obtained by Health Policy Watch, Dr Faisal Sultan, the Special Assistant on health to the Prime Minister (SAPM), urged the then advisor to finance, Dr Abdul Hafeez Shaikh, to impose the proposed health tax on tobacco and sugary drinks. According to the letter: “Health tax on tobacco @Rs10/per pack of 20 cigarettes and on carbonated drinks @Rs1/250 ml bottle through Finance Bill 2019-20 shall be imposed”. “The revenue generated through this health tax will be earmarked for the health sector development over and above its routine budgetary allocation. The Finance Bill will also include measures to check illegal manufacturing and illicit trade of cigarettes and other tobacco products,” the letter added. Malik Imran, head of Tobacco Free KidsPakistan, told Health Policy Watch that the national exchequer had lost PKR 615 billion (around $4.3 billion) by not increasing tobacco taxes. “It’s about 1.6% loss in GDP,” Imran said, adding that, due to inflation, the tax on cigarettes was effectively at the 2016 level of 33% instead of the framework-recommended 70%. According to a study conducted by a semi-government department Pakistan Institute of Development Economics (PIDE), the cost of treating smoking-realted cancer, cardiovascular and respiratory diseases was estimated to be Rs437.8 billion ($6 billion) in 2018–2019. In comparison, the total revenue collected from the tobacco sector covered only around 20 percent of the total cost of smoking. Health Levy is Still on Track, Says Official A senior official of the federal health ministry, who requested not to be named, said that one project of the TCC is going to be closed at the end of May and staff contracts terminated. The official said that “it does not affect FCTC work”. The official added that the health ministry had followed up on the health levy bill with the law division and the Federal Board of Revenue was expected to submit it as an ordinary bill in the parliament after the budget, because it is not a money bill. The official also said that, at present pictorial health warnings were at 60% of packs as the decision to increase this to 85% was being challenged in court. The official claims that “we are working on raising FED on cigarettes in this budget”. The Prime Minister’s Aide on Health, Dr Faisal Sultan, said that the TCC had not been dissolved, the health levy was being worked upon and the health ministry was pushing for it and that the pictorial warnings were likely be enhanced. The WHO’s country office did not respond to a number of requests for comment although its communication officer ,Maryam Yunus, acknowledged receiving the queries. The letter informing the Tobacco Control Cell that its pictorial warnings project was being closed. Intestinal Worm Infection Can ‘Predispose Women To Viral STIs’ 18/05/2021 Geoffrey Kamadi Intestinal worm infection can increase the likelihood of genital herpes, according to a new study NAIROBI – New research has found that intestinal worm infections may put women at increased risk of sexually transmitted viral infections (STIs) – a discovery that researchers hope will help health workers to explain why STIs can be more virulent in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa, where worm infections are common. The study, published in Cell Host and Microbe, discovered that intestinal worm infection can change and increase the likelihood of Herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2) infection, which is the main cause of genital herpes. The study was conducted by an international team led by researchers from the University of Cape Town (UCT) and in collaboration with the University of Birmingham, University of Bonn, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, University of Liege and the French National Centre for Scientific Research “We have found that intestinal worm infection can change female reproductive tract (FRT) immunity by causing a worm associated immune response in the FRT, even though the worms never reside there,” said Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine, the lead author. “In particular, we found that worms induced eosinophils in the vagina. These are immune cells associated with anti-worm immunity and can cause allergic disease. Their role in the FRT is not known.” Horsnell added that if the eosinophils immune cells were “targetted with molecules that can deplete them, we can prevent the increase in pathology”. “This suggests that this pathology can be targeted and may be prevented or reduced by using existing drugs. The research also shows that eosinophils can have a very important role to play in vaginal immunity. This has never been so strongly demonstrated before,” he added. More Research Needed Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine The correlation between STIs and intestinal worm infections is an area of research that has not been given much attention in the past, said Horsnell, despite the fact that the rates of intestinal worm infections in sub-Saharan Africa are “huge,” especially since worm infections in the intestine can change immunity in other parts of the body. For example, even though researchers would expect 10-20% of study participants to have an active ascaris or hookworm infection, evidence of infection was well over 50%, explained Dr Horsnell. While UCT has an active vaginal mucosal (mucous membranes of the vagina) immunity unit that looks at microorganisms that influence vaginal immunity, researchers had “never looked at [whether] worm infection may also indirectly influence the vagina,” Horsnell noted in an interview with Health Policy Watch. Research Benefits According to the researchers, these findings were very unexpected. “We show that worm infections that never colonise the vagina cause a strong change in the vaginal immunity,” he explained. Until now, Horsnell maintains, research into STIs has largely neglected the role of worm infections. “Based on my other work looking at the effect of these infections on tissues not infected, I thought it was time we looked at the effect on STIs,” he said. Horsnell was hopeful that the discovery would boost efforts to understand how parasitic worm infection indirectly influences the control of sexually transmitted infections. Intestinal Worm Infections Have Declined, But Still a Concern Soil-transmitted helminth (worm) infections are among the most common intestinal worm infections worldwide, and affect the poorest and most deprived communities with compromised sanitation, according to Professor Charles Mwandawiro , senior principal research scientist at the Kenya Medical Research Institute (KEMRI). They are found in all sub-Saharan African countries. Countries with huge worm burdens include Nigeria, Ethiopia, DR Congo and Tanzania. “These worms are regarded as the main cause of intellectual and physical setbacks, especially in children,” said Mwandawiro, adding that they are associated with reduced cognitive ability, consequently denying children their full potential in life. Since 2009, KEMRI has been monitoring and evaluating the impact of deworming in 16 countries in Africa, and Mwandawiro maintains that the rates of infections have declined significantly in the last five years from 35% to 12%. The Institute has been working with the Japan International Cooperation Agency to coordinate de-worming exercises in nine countries in eastern and southern Africa. “The findings from such activities have achieved wider application on the African continent through the close working relationship with the World Health Organization,” Mwandawiro told Health Policy Watch in an interview. These intestinal worms include hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma duodenale), whipworms (trichuris) and roundworms (ascaris ). Disease resulting from intestinal worms is insidious, says Mwandawiro: “Worms compete with their victims for nutrients and vitamins, thereby causing general ill-health, anaemia and diarrhoea, which can lead to death,” he observes. Image Credits: UCT. WHO Appeals For Vaccine Donations To Cover Huge COVAX Shortfall 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVAX vaccine deliveries have stopped because of supply shortages. COVAX has a shortfall of 190 million COVID-19 vaccine doses, and the few manufacturers that have reached agreements with the facility will only deliver later in the year or even in 2022, World Health Organization (WHO) Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday. “Pfizer has committed to providing 40 million doses of vaccines to COVAX this year, but the majority of these would be [delivered] in the second half of 2021. We need those right now and call on them to bring forward deliveries, as soon as possible,” Tedros told the body’s biweekly pandemic briefing. “Moderna has signed a deal for 500 million doses with COVAX but the majority has been promised only for 2022. We need Moderna to bring hundreds of millions of this forward into 2021 due to the acute moment of this pandemic.” Meanwhile, COVAX discussions with Johnson & Johnson about getting its vaccine had not been finalised, he added. “While we appreciate the work of AstraZeneca, who have been steadily increasing the speed and volume of their deliveries, we need other manufacturers to follow suit,” stressed Tedros. Shortly after the WHO press conference, US President Joe Biden announced a major donation of 80 million vaccine doses that he said will be sent immediately overseas. America will never be fully safe while this pandemic is raging globally. That’s why today, I’m announcing that over the next six weeks we will send 80 million vaccine doses overseas. It is the right thing to do. It is the smart thing to do. It is the strong thing to do. — President Biden (@POTUS) May 17, 2021 G7 Could Donate 153 Million Doses, Says UNICEF UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore also drew attention to the COVAX shortfall in a statement on Monday, urging wealthy countries to donate doses to the facility. “G7 leaders will be meeting next month with a potential emergency stop-gap measure readily available,” said Fore, referring to research by Airfinity that showed that G7 nations and the ‘Team Europe’ group of European Union member states could donate around 153 million vaccine doses if they shared 20% of their supplies for June, July and August. Fore said that soaring domestic demand for vaccines in India meant that 140 million doses intended for distribution to low- and middle-income countries by the end of May could not be accessed by COVAX. “Another 50 million doses are likely to be missed in June,” said Fore. “This, added to vaccine nationalism, limited production capacity and lack of funding, is why the roll-out of COVID vaccines is so behind schedule.” She warned that the “deadly spike” in India could be a precursor to what might happen in other low- and middle-income countries “without equitable access to vaccines, diagnostics and therapeutics”. “While the situation in India is tragic, it is not unique. Cases are exploding and health systems are struggling in countries near – like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Maldives – and far, like Argentina and Brazil,” stressed Fore. “Sharing immediately available excess doses is a minimum, essential and emergency stop-gap measure, and it is needed right now.” Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with manufacturers such as Inceptor, Biolyse, Teva and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to ensure that 20% of the world’s population was vaccinated by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. However, he said that COVAX was in talks with a number of countries and was hopeful about “the possibility of larger-scale donations over the coming days, hopefully weeks at the longest”. “I’d like to emphasise that, in speaking to everyone, no one has surplus doses”, but would be donating from what they had,” said Aylward. Norway and Sweden have already made donations, while France, New Zealand, Belgium, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Spain, Portugal and US have all indicated that they want to donate. “What we’re hoping now that these pledges of donations can rapidly change into actual shipments of vaccines to countries that need them,” said Aylward. He added that the WHO and UNICEF were concerned that the gap between rich and poor countries was widening, as wealthier countries vaccinated “younger populations, non-risk populations in terms of severe disease” while many countries still did not have access to vaccines to cover healthcare workers and older people. Call for Low-Speed Cities Road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela This week UN Global Road Safety week and road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela joined the briefing to make an appeal for “low-speed cities”. “Throughout the pandemic, as cities around the world locked down and the traffic dropped, we’ve seen a different reality where road traffic injury have been briefly lowered, where our air was made cleaner, and our communities, in some ways, became more livable,” said Mandela, the granddaughter of iconic South African leader Nelson Mandela. “Now of course we need our cities to be fully functioning again. But what our campaigning has been focused on is how we can take some of these temporary benefits, and make them more permanent,” said Mandela. “I lost my daughter, Zenani Mandela, to road traffic injury. She was killed on a Johannesburg road and had just celebrated her 13th birthday. I have never recovered from this. And my family has never recovered from this. No family ever does,” said Mandela. “Every day, 3000 children and young people are killed or injured on the world’s roads. This is a crisis which is manmade, and one that is entirely preventable.” “Our call to action launch today is for low-speed streets in every community all around the world,” said Mandela, who called for urban streets where children and elderly mix with traffic to have 30km per hour speed limits. “Spain has committed to 30km an hour in its cities, the whole of the Brussels City region has been going at 30, and there’s work for low-speed streets all around the world from Bogota, and Mexico City,” she said. Image Credits: WHO, UNICEF. South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Intestinal Worm Infection Can ‘Predispose Women To Viral STIs’ 18/05/2021 Geoffrey Kamadi Intestinal worm infection can increase the likelihood of genital herpes, according to a new study NAIROBI – New research has found that intestinal worm infections may put women at increased risk of sexually transmitted viral infections (STIs) – a discovery that researchers hope will help health workers to explain why STIs can be more virulent in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa, where worm infections are common. The study, published in Cell Host and Microbe, discovered that intestinal worm infection can change and increase the likelihood of Herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2) infection, which is the main cause of genital herpes. The study was conducted by an international team led by researchers from the University of Cape Town (UCT) and in collaboration with the University of Birmingham, University of Bonn, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, University of Liege and the French National Centre for Scientific Research “We have found that intestinal worm infection can change female reproductive tract (FRT) immunity by causing a worm associated immune response in the FRT, even though the worms never reside there,” said Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine, the lead author. “In particular, we found that worms induced eosinophils in the vagina. These are immune cells associated with anti-worm immunity and can cause allergic disease. Their role in the FRT is not known.” Horsnell added that if the eosinophils immune cells were “targetted with molecules that can deplete them, we can prevent the increase in pathology”. “This suggests that this pathology can be targeted and may be prevented or reduced by using existing drugs. The research also shows that eosinophils can have a very important role to play in vaginal immunity. This has never been so strongly demonstrated before,” he added. More Research Needed Dr William Horsnell from UCT’s Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine The correlation between STIs and intestinal worm infections is an area of research that has not been given much attention in the past, said Horsnell, despite the fact that the rates of intestinal worm infections in sub-Saharan Africa are “huge,” especially since worm infections in the intestine can change immunity in other parts of the body. For example, even though researchers would expect 10-20% of study participants to have an active ascaris or hookworm infection, evidence of infection was well over 50%, explained Dr Horsnell. While UCT has an active vaginal mucosal (mucous membranes of the vagina) immunity unit that looks at microorganisms that influence vaginal immunity, researchers had “never looked at [whether] worm infection may also indirectly influence the vagina,” Horsnell noted in an interview with Health Policy Watch. Research Benefits According to the researchers, these findings were very unexpected. “We show that worm infections that never colonise the vagina cause a strong change in the vaginal immunity,” he explained. Until now, Horsnell maintains, research into STIs has largely neglected the role of worm infections. “Based on my other work looking at the effect of these infections on tissues not infected, I thought it was time we looked at the effect on STIs,” he said. Horsnell was hopeful that the discovery would boost efforts to understand how parasitic worm infection indirectly influences the control of sexually transmitted infections. Intestinal Worm Infections Have Declined, But Still a Concern Soil-transmitted helminth (worm) infections are among the most common intestinal worm infections worldwide, and affect the poorest and most deprived communities with compromised sanitation, according to Professor Charles Mwandawiro , senior principal research scientist at the Kenya Medical Research Institute (KEMRI). They are found in all sub-Saharan African countries. Countries with huge worm burdens include Nigeria, Ethiopia, DR Congo and Tanzania. “These worms are regarded as the main cause of intellectual and physical setbacks, especially in children,” said Mwandawiro, adding that they are associated with reduced cognitive ability, consequently denying children their full potential in life. Since 2009, KEMRI has been monitoring and evaluating the impact of deworming in 16 countries in Africa, and Mwandawiro maintains that the rates of infections have declined significantly in the last five years from 35% to 12%. The Institute has been working with the Japan International Cooperation Agency to coordinate de-worming exercises in nine countries in eastern and southern Africa. “The findings from such activities have achieved wider application on the African continent through the close working relationship with the World Health Organization,” Mwandawiro told Health Policy Watch in an interview. These intestinal worms include hookworms (Necator americanus and Ancylostoma duodenale), whipworms (trichuris) and roundworms (ascaris ). Disease resulting from intestinal worms is insidious, says Mwandawiro: “Worms compete with their victims for nutrients and vitamins, thereby causing general ill-health, anaemia and diarrhoea, which can lead to death,” he observes. Image Credits: UCT. WHO Appeals For Vaccine Donations To Cover Huge COVAX Shortfall 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVAX vaccine deliveries have stopped because of supply shortages. COVAX has a shortfall of 190 million COVID-19 vaccine doses, and the few manufacturers that have reached agreements with the facility will only deliver later in the year or even in 2022, World Health Organization (WHO) Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday. “Pfizer has committed to providing 40 million doses of vaccines to COVAX this year, but the majority of these would be [delivered] in the second half of 2021. We need those right now and call on them to bring forward deliveries, as soon as possible,” Tedros told the body’s biweekly pandemic briefing. “Moderna has signed a deal for 500 million doses with COVAX but the majority has been promised only for 2022. We need Moderna to bring hundreds of millions of this forward into 2021 due to the acute moment of this pandemic.” Meanwhile, COVAX discussions with Johnson & Johnson about getting its vaccine had not been finalised, he added. “While we appreciate the work of AstraZeneca, who have been steadily increasing the speed and volume of their deliveries, we need other manufacturers to follow suit,” stressed Tedros. Shortly after the WHO press conference, US President Joe Biden announced a major donation of 80 million vaccine doses that he said will be sent immediately overseas. America will never be fully safe while this pandemic is raging globally. That’s why today, I’m announcing that over the next six weeks we will send 80 million vaccine doses overseas. It is the right thing to do. It is the smart thing to do. It is the strong thing to do. — President Biden (@POTUS) May 17, 2021 G7 Could Donate 153 Million Doses, Says UNICEF UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore also drew attention to the COVAX shortfall in a statement on Monday, urging wealthy countries to donate doses to the facility. “G7 leaders will be meeting next month with a potential emergency stop-gap measure readily available,” said Fore, referring to research by Airfinity that showed that G7 nations and the ‘Team Europe’ group of European Union member states could donate around 153 million vaccine doses if they shared 20% of their supplies for June, July and August. Fore said that soaring domestic demand for vaccines in India meant that 140 million doses intended for distribution to low- and middle-income countries by the end of May could not be accessed by COVAX. “Another 50 million doses are likely to be missed in June,” said Fore. “This, added to vaccine nationalism, limited production capacity and lack of funding, is why the roll-out of COVID vaccines is so behind schedule.” She warned that the “deadly spike” in India could be a precursor to what might happen in other low- and middle-income countries “without equitable access to vaccines, diagnostics and therapeutics”. “While the situation in India is tragic, it is not unique. Cases are exploding and health systems are struggling in countries near – like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Maldives – and far, like Argentina and Brazil,” stressed Fore. “Sharing immediately available excess doses is a minimum, essential and emergency stop-gap measure, and it is needed right now.” Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with manufacturers such as Inceptor, Biolyse, Teva and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to ensure that 20% of the world’s population was vaccinated by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. However, he said that COVAX was in talks with a number of countries and was hopeful about “the possibility of larger-scale donations over the coming days, hopefully weeks at the longest”. “I’d like to emphasise that, in speaking to everyone, no one has surplus doses”, but would be donating from what they had,” said Aylward. Norway and Sweden have already made donations, while France, New Zealand, Belgium, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Spain, Portugal and US have all indicated that they want to donate. “What we’re hoping now that these pledges of donations can rapidly change into actual shipments of vaccines to countries that need them,” said Aylward. He added that the WHO and UNICEF were concerned that the gap between rich and poor countries was widening, as wealthier countries vaccinated “younger populations, non-risk populations in terms of severe disease” while many countries still did not have access to vaccines to cover healthcare workers and older people. Call for Low-Speed Cities Road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela This week UN Global Road Safety week and road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela joined the briefing to make an appeal for “low-speed cities”. “Throughout the pandemic, as cities around the world locked down and the traffic dropped, we’ve seen a different reality where road traffic injury have been briefly lowered, where our air was made cleaner, and our communities, in some ways, became more livable,” said Mandela, the granddaughter of iconic South African leader Nelson Mandela. “Now of course we need our cities to be fully functioning again. But what our campaigning has been focused on is how we can take some of these temporary benefits, and make them more permanent,” said Mandela. “I lost my daughter, Zenani Mandela, to road traffic injury. She was killed on a Johannesburg road and had just celebrated her 13th birthday. I have never recovered from this. And my family has never recovered from this. No family ever does,” said Mandela. “Every day, 3000 children and young people are killed or injured on the world’s roads. This is a crisis which is manmade, and one that is entirely preventable.” “Our call to action launch today is for low-speed streets in every community all around the world,” said Mandela, who called for urban streets where children and elderly mix with traffic to have 30km per hour speed limits. “Spain has committed to 30km an hour in its cities, the whole of the Brussels City region has been going at 30, and there’s work for low-speed streets all around the world from Bogota, and Mexico City,” she said. Image Credits: WHO, UNICEF. South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
WHO Appeals For Vaccine Donations To Cover Huge COVAX Shortfall 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan COVAX vaccine deliveries have stopped because of supply shortages. COVAX has a shortfall of 190 million COVID-19 vaccine doses, and the few manufacturers that have reached agreements with the facility will only deliver later in the year or even in 2022, World Health Organization (WHO) Director Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday. “Pfizer has committed to providing 40 million doses of vaccines to COVAX this year, but the majority of these would be [delivered] in the second half of 2021. We need those right now and call on them to bring forward deliveries, as soon as possible,” Tedros told the body’s biweekly pandemic briefing. “Moderna has signed a deal for 500 million doses with COVAX but the majority has been promised only for 2022. We need Moderna to bring hundreds of millions of this forward into 2021 due to the acute moment of this pandemic.” Meanwhile, COVAX discussions with Johnson & Johnson about getting its vaccine had not been finalised, he added. “While we appreciate the work of AstraZeneca, who have been steadily increasing the speed and volume of their deliveries, we need other manufacturers to follow suit,” stressed Tedros. Shortly after the WHO press conference, US President Joe Biden announced a major donation of 80 million vaccine doses that he said will be sent immediately overseas. America will never be fully safe while this pandemic is raging globally. That’s why today, I’m announcing that over the next six weeks we will send 80 million vaccine doses overseas. It is the right thing to do. It is the smart thing to do. It is the strong thing to do. — President Biden (@POTUS) May 17, 2021 G7 Could Donate 153 Million Doses, Says UNICEF UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore UNICEF Executive Director Henrietta Fore also drew attention to the COVAX shortfall in a statement on Monday, urging wealthy countries to donate doses to the facility. “G7 leaders will be meeting next month with a potential emergency stop-gap measure readily available,” said Fore, referring to research by Airfinity that showed that G7 nations and the ‘Team Europe’ group of European Union member states could donate around 153 million vaccine doses if they shared 20% of their supplies for June, July and August. Fore said that soaring domestic demand for vaccines in India meant that 140 million doses intended for distribution to low- and middle-income countries by the end of May could not be accessed by COVAX. “Another 50 million doses are likely to be missed in June,” said Fore. “This, added to vaccine nationalism, limited production capacity and lack of funding, is why the roll-out of COVID vaccines is so behind schedule.” She warned that the “deadly spike” in India could be a precursor to what might happen in other low- and middle-income countries “without equitable access to vaccines, diagnostics and therapeutics”. “While the situation in India is tragic, it is not unique. Cases are exploding and health systems are struggling in countries near – like Nepal, Sri Lanka and Maldives – and far, like Argentina and Brazil,” stressed Fore. “Sharing immediately available excess doses is a minimum, essential and emergency stop-gap measure, and it is needed right now.” Tedros added that manufacturers needed to give the right of first refusal to COVAX for any additional dose capacity and also enter into their deals with manufacturers such as Inceptor, Biolyse, Teva and others that are willing to use their facilities to produce COVID-19 vaccines. This follows a report by Politico that large vaccine manufacturers had so far failed to take up offers by smaller manufacturers – Bangladesh’s Incepta, Canada’s Biolyse, Israel’s Teva, and Bavarian Nordic in Denmark – to assist with vaccine manufacturing. Bruce Aylward, WHO’s lead at COVAX, stressed that the vaccine platform’s aim to ensure that 20% of the world’s population was vaccinated by the end of the year was “at risk” because of supply shortages. However, he said that COVAX was in talks with a number of countries and was hopeful about “the possibility of larger-scale donations over the coming days, hopefully weeks at the longest”. “I’d like to emphasise that, in speaking to everyone, no one has surplus doses”, but would be donating from what they had,” said Aylward. Norway and Sweden have already made donations, while France, New Zealand, Belgium, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Spain, Portugal and US have all indicated that they want to donate. “What we’re hoping now that these pledges of donations can rapidly change into actual shipments of vaccines to countries that need them,” said Aylward. He added that the WHO and UNICEF were concerned that the gap between rich and poor countries was widening, as wealthier countries vaccinated “younger populations, non-risk populations in terms of severe disease” while many countries still did not have access to vaccines to cover healthcare workers and older people. Call for Low-Speed Cities Road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela This week UN Global Road Safety week and road safety advocate Zoleka Mandela joined the briefing to make an appeal for “low-speed cities”. “Throughout the pandemic, as cities around the world locked down and the traffic dropped, we’ve seen a different reality where road traffic injury have been briefly lowered, where our air was made cleaner, and our communities, in some ways, became more livable,” said Mandela, the granddaughter of iconic South African leader Nelson Mandela. “Now of course we need our cities to be fully functioning again. But what our campaigning has been focused on is how we can take some of these temporary benefits, and make them more permanent,” said Mandela. “I lost my daughter, Zenani Mandela, to road traffic injury. She was killed on a Johannesburg road and had just celebrated her 13th birthday. I have never recovered from this. And my family has never recovered from this. No family ever does,” said Mandela. “Every day, 3000 children and young people are killed or injured on the world’s roads. This is a crisis which is manmade, and one that is entirely preventable.” “Our call to action launch today is for low-speed streets in every community all around the world,” said Mandela, who called for urban streets where children and elderly mix with traffic to have 30km per hour speed limits. “Spain has committed to 30km an hour in its cities, the whole of the Brussels City region has been going at 30, and there’s work for low-speed streets all around the world from Bogota, and Mexico City,” she said. Image Credits: WHO, UNICEF. South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
South Africa Finally Starts Vaccinating Elderly Despite Severe Vaccine Shortages 17/05/2021 Kerry Cullinan South Africa’s Health Minister Zweli Mkhize announced the official start of the country’s vaccine programme when people over the age of 60 will get vaccinated. CAPE TOWN- South Africa finally started to vaccinate people over the age of 60 on Monday, but it’s roll-out is being severely hampered by a hold-up in the verification of millions of Johnson & Johnson (J&J) vaccines by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Although Monday marks the official start of the country’s vaccination programme, in the preceding weeks it had vaccinated 478,000 of its approximately 1.2 million health workers as part of a programme dubbed the Sisonke “implementation study” to get around the fact that the J&J vaccine was not registered when vaccinations started. Initially, South Africa had planned to use AstraZeneca vaccines it had purchased from the Serum Institute of India but changed its mind and opted to use only the Pfizer and J&J vaccines after the publication of a small study that showed AstraZeneca’s vaccine had markedly lower efficacy in protecting people against mild and moderate infection with the B1.351 variant dominant in the country. “The worst thing would have been to start a vaccination programme with vaccines and then say to the population, ‘we are sorry but the vaccine that you had is not going to protect you because our variant is able to escape that’. So we’re taking that cautious approach and that’s the reason for the pace that we’ve moved at,” Anban Pillay, Deputy Director General of Health, told a meeting of the Government Employees Medical Scheme (GEMS) last week. Only Pfizer Doses Currently Available in South Africa A healthcare worker receives his COVID-19 vaccine jab during the implementation phase of South Africa’s vaccination drive. Currently, the country only has 975,780 of the two-dose Pfizer vaccines for its adult population of 40 million. This phase, consisting first of those over the age of 60 then later essential workers and those working in congregate setting is targeting 16.6 million people. At this stage, though, give the dire shortage, urban health workers and residents of old age homes are likely to be the only ones who will get vaccinated during the first few weeks. Meanwhile, 1.1 million J&J vaccines are sitting inside the country at the warehouse of Aspen Pharmacare, a local pharmaceutical manufacturer which has been contracted to “fill and finish” millions of J&J vaccines globally. In an address on national television on Sunday evening, Health Minister Zweli Mkhize said that he was waiting for the US FDA to release these. The hold on J&J vaccine stems from problems at the Bayview manufacturing plant of Emergent BioSolutions in the US, which was also manufacturing AstraZeneca vaccines. The FDA requested the plant to halt production on 16 April after it identified a number of problems including the cross-contamination of the two vaccines. This has led to the destruction of 15 million vaccine doses. According to an agreement filed three days later, “at the request of the FDA, Emergent agreed not to initiate the manufacturing of any new material at its Bayview facility and to quarantine existing material manufactured at the Bayview facility pending completion of the inspection and remediation of any resulting findings”. Vaccine Nationalism ‘Unravels’ Equitable Access Stavrou Nicolaou, Aspen’s head of Strategic Trade, told the GEMS meeting that the country was hoping for “good news” about the release of the J&J vaccines during the course of the week. “J&J has committed to an initial 1.1 million with another 900,000 doses at the end of this month (May),” said Nicolaou, who also chairs Business for South Africa (B4SA), a huge private sector initiative to assist the public roll-out. The pause on J&J vaccine deliveries means that vaccinations in rural areas will not get off the ground as the Pfizer vaccines need to be stored at temperatures of minus 20C, meaning and only urban areas have such storage facilities. During May, Pfizer is delivering 325,260 doses every week and this will increase to 636,480 in June, while another 1.4m doses are expected from COVAX. “By the end of June, we should have 4.5m Pfizer doses and 2 million J&J,” Mkhize said on Sunday. According to Nicolaou, the country has secured enough vaccines to cover 45 million people by the end of the first quarter of 2022. “This is very complex and, in terms of scale, the largest public initiative that our country has ever embarked on,” said Nicolaou. “We’ve analysed the [vaccine] delivery schedule against the vaccination capacity, understanding that it will be slow initially, and we believe we will be able to start peaking at that 260,000 vaccines a day from July,” he said. However, Nicolaou added that “vaccine nationalism” had “unravelled” concepts such as equal distribution and placed “a particularly sharp focus on building local capacities and local capabilities – basically becoming self-dependent”. In order to get the vaccines, people aged over 60 have been asked to register on an online electronic vaccination data system (EVDS) and wait for an SMS to notify them about when and where they will be vaccinated. But by Sunday night less than a quarter of the 5 million eligible people had registered, and no one had yet been sent SMS notifications of their appointments. The government has since set up a helpline to enable people to register by phone, but Pillay said he envisaged that, as the vaccine supplies picked up, facilities would allow “walk-ins”.“The first few days will start slowly as vaccinators get used to the process. It will take a few days to iron out teething problems,” warned Mkhize. However, the country’s biggest teething problem is a dire shortage of vaccines. Image Credits: GCIS, WHO African Region . African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
African Countries Reluctant To Borrow Funds For COVID-19 Vaccines 17/05/2021 Paul Adepoju Only five African countries have completed the necessary requirements to receive some of the 400 million doses of Johnson and Johnson vaccine through a special funding deal. IBADAN – A deal to supply 400 million doses of Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccines to African countries hangs in the balance as most countries are reluctant to make upfront deposits and borrow money to get the supplies. With a looming deadline to express interest and complete the funding applications, Africa CDC John Nkengasong on Thursday appealed to countries to make use of the facility as it will ramp up vaccinations and help achieve herd immunity to curb the spread of the deadly virus. While Morocco has administered over 10 million doses of vaccines, countries like Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Eritrea, Chad, Burundi, and the Central African Republic are yet to officially administer a single dose—according to Africa CDC’s COVID-19 vaccination tracker, implying that many African countries are lagging behind the set vaccination goal even as the continent is heading towards the winter season and a possible third wave. Thus far, only five countries have completed the process required towards accessing funds through African Export-Import Bank (Afreximbank) to pay for the doses they are getting through an arrangement involving key parties including J&J and Africa CDC. Benedict Oramah, Afreximbank president , said only Botswana, Cameroon, Tunisia, Togo, and Mauritius have completed orders and submitted a 15% deposit as a down-payment for the vaccine supplies. Thirteen more countries have signed commitment letters, but have not paid any deposits, according to Oramah. Whereas 17 have expressed interests in pre-orders without taking any action. A total of 21 countries have not expressed any interest in securing the doses. The lack of finalisation of paperwork and funding requirements will result in only a fraction of the 400 million doses being delivered. Oramah did not give a specific deadline date, but said the order book would be closing in the coming weeks in order to move forward with finalising deliveries. The J&J vaccine is seen as an ideal option for the continent because it’s one shot, which reduces logistics and administration costs, Oramah said. In March Health Policy Watch reported details of the deal between J&J and the African Union’s African Vaccine Acquisition Trust (AVAT) aimed at equitable access to new COVID-19 vaccines. AVAT would order up to 220-million doses this year and an additional 180 million doses in 2022. Most of the supplies will be produced at Aspen Pharma’s pharmaceutical manufacturing plant in South Africa and will be made available to African countries through the African Medical Supplies Platform (AMSP), over a period of 18 months. The transaction was made possible through the US$2 billion facility approved by Afreximbank, who also acted as Financial and Transaction Advisers, Guarantors, Instalment Payment Advisers and Payment Agents. Prior to the conclusion of the Agreement with J&J, African Member States were asked to make pre-orders for the vaccines and several countries showed strong preference for this particular vaccine. The countries will be able to purchase the vaccines either using cash, or a facility from Afreximbank. African countries are reluctant to sign loan agreements to buy much needed vaccines. Only five countries have completed the process that will see them benefit from 400-million doses. More Vaccinations Needed to Achieve Herd Immunity Speaking at a press briefing on 13 May, Nkengasong said his organisation would continue to encourage member states to use the funding opportunity as countries needed more vaccine doses to achieve herd immunity by 2022. “I think that we will continue to encourage our countries to go to the AMSP platform to acquire their vaccines. You can only count on your own efforts by investing in health security,” he said. According to Nkengasong, even if the COVAX-facility is able to deliver all the doses it had promised African countries, it will only be able to meet 30% of the continent’s vaccine needs. “We have all agreed that if we do not vaccinate up to 60% of the population, we may not be able to get rid of the pandemic on the continent. The fact that the United States is further expanding its vaccination to lower age groups, and China is aiming to vaccinate 80% of its population, speak to the fact that we as a continent cannot say we will only vaccinate less than 30% of our population,” he said. Africa CDC Director Dr John Nkengasong has urged African countries to make use of a loan facility that will enable them to get a share of 400 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines. He however assured that J&J was on course to start the delivery as planned – the first shipment is expected from late July or early August. “We are working very hard with Johnson and Johnson every day. We are expecting deliveries beginning from the third quarter of the year. We are still pressing hard to see if we can actually have any early deliveries because of shortage and challenging situations. So, yes, we are still on course for delivery,” he affirmed. Africa’s Overstretched Wallet Only one African country, South Africa, has recorded more than one million cases of COVID-19, but the continent has largely been unable to cope with the pandemic which has had severe impacts on the fragile health systems, including emergency spending on COVID-19 prevention and control measures. Even as the world battles new COVID-19 variants and supply and roll-out of vaccines remains critically low in Africa, new research from the Partnership for Evidence-Based Response to COVID-19 (PERC) indicates 81% of survey respondents reported challenges in accessing food, 77% reported experiencing income loss and 42% reported missing medical visits since the start of the pandemic. Beyond acquiring vaccines, African countries are also spending limited resources on expanding testing and genomic surveillance capacities, public health measures including expanding water and sanitation hygiene measures, acquiring medical oxygen capacities and several others. Countries are also trying to restore normalcy to other health issues that have been negatively impacted by COVID-19 thus making them reluctant to further pile up loans while their economies are yet to return to growth. Two weeks ago, the Nigerian government announced its plans to get 29.6 million doses of the vaccine through AVAT with the support of Afreximbank. The country’s finance Minister Zainab Ahmed, said just over US $70-million has been released for the deployment of vaccines, which is 52% of what is required from 2021 to 2022. “Nigeria has set a target of vaccinating 70% of its citizens who are 18 years and above between this year and next,” Ahmed said. Window Closing Soon At the March 2021 announcement of the deal, Oramah said Afreximbank, was proud to be associated with this historic and collective effort. “In the midst of a very tight COVID-19 vaccine market, we are highly honoured to have been given the opportunity by the African Union to facilitate this impactful transaction…towards assisting the continent to begin to rid itself of the pandemic and rebuild its economy,” he said at the time. But during an emergency summit of health ministers on 8 May, he said the window period for African countries to express interest and complete the process is closing soon (no date announced). “We want to make an appeal to all of you, especially those who have not made the orders, to please make your orders,” he said.. For Nkengasong, the deal is an opportunity for Africa to meet nearly 50% of its vaccination target. “The Africa CDC recommended to the African Union that a minimum of 750 million Africans (60%) must be immunised if we are to contain the spread of COVID-19. This transaction enables Africa to meet almost 50% of that target. The key to this particular vaccine is that it is a single-shot vaccine which makes it easier to roll out quickly and effectively, thus saving lives,” he said. Image Credits: Paul ADEPOJU. Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Sustainable COVAX Vaccine Funding & Voluntary Manufacturing Licenses are Better Solutions than IP Waiver, Says IFPMA Head 16/05/2021 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The real challenge is manufacturing the vaccines, not the patents for them, say industry figures such as IFPMA’s Thomas Cueni. In preparation for the next pandemic, the COVAX global vaccine facility “needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers” in competing for, and securing, vaccine doses. That could help scenarios like the ones seen recently, in which rich countries cornered the market on the first available COVID-19 vaccines, leading to severe shortages in low- and middle-income countries “because COVAX didn’t have money in the bank” at the time the first big contracts were being made. That is just one key lesson learned from the COVID pandemic, says Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations. Cueni spoke to Health Policy Watch in the wake of the US decision to support a World Trade Organization waiver on vaccine IP. Whether or not the waiver initiative is ultimately approved, having the patent “recipe” without the knowledge or tools for “baking” could leave the cake flat, Cueni argues in this exclusive interview. What’s more, he contends that a waiver could have unintended consequences – intensifying the competition over already scarce raw inputs. Rather, the world should focus short-term on dose- sharing by rich countries and the removal of trade and export restrictions on vaccines’ scarce raw ingredients. Longer-term, industry is well-positioned to support more equitable redistribution of vaccine manufacturing capacity – “an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents” to combat vaccine inequity. Thomas Cueni, Director General of the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers & Associations (IFPMA). Health Policy Watch: What’s the upshot of the IP waiver. Despite industry resistance, couldn’t it still help expand supplies more rapidly? Thomas Cueni: As Stéphane Bancel said, the IP for the Moderna vaccine is available online. And on top of that, Moderna said they would not enforce their patents during the pandemic. However, he did also say that [just] having the patent, the technical blueprint …- well….good luck. We’ve seen compulsory licenses used for example in hepatitis, it happened in HIV/AIDS, but there has not been a compulsory license on vaccines. As Sai Prasad, from Baharat Biotech [Indian developer of COVAXIN®, the first indigenous COVID vaccine], and a top expert on quality assurance has said, just waiving patents would create more problems than it solves. Right now you have tech transfer happening on a very large scale. Within 12 months, you have 275 contracts between vaccine manufacturers to help each other scale production. More than 200 include technology transfer. That involves sharing know-how, sharing expertise, sending teams to make sure that you not only have the machinery and the equipment, but also know how to use it. Training of skilled workers. In Geneva, I’m sure you followed with as much interest as I did the debate about the delays in the delivery of the Moderna vaccine. Stéphane Bancel called this out very openly and said they have the equipment, machinery, but they don’t have sufficient numbers of skilled workers to scale up as fast as one would hope. Lonza, Moderna’s manufacturing partner for active COVID vaccine ingredient, nestled in the Swiss town of Visp, has faced an uphill road to rapidly scale up manufacturing capacity. HP-Watch: Given all of that, doesn’t the industry still risk being on the wrong side of this issue, at least rhetorically – as per the debate over Africa’s access to HIV/AIDS anti-retroviral drugs two decades ago? Cueni: You know when you look at it, it is more an issue of political symbolism. What is really interesting, and not much talked about, is that when you talk to, say, Indian vaccine manufacturers, they invoke our language. They say that tech transfer is a complex process, which is built up over the years, which involves much more than patents. As for IP standing in the way of vaccines getting to the patients – this was the debate 20 years ago on HIV AIDS but it is not the same [today]. Because when you look at the HIV/AIDS debate, the first effective anti-virals were approved by the US FDA in 1995. And literally, it took almost 10 years for them to reach patients in Sub Saharan Africa. It also needed the establishment of the Global Fund. In COVID-19 you had the industry responding on a large scale from Day 1. Few people would have expected, not one but several vaccines, within less than a year. You know mRNA technology goes back thirty years to 1990. But only now, we have seen the first products, vaccines, reaching the market, and not just from one company BioNTech, but also CureVac and Moderna. And therefore, industry from Day 1 has acted very differently from what you had in the HIV/AIDS crisis. But three of the four largest vaccine manufacturers in the world (Sanofi, GSK, Merck/MSD) don’t have a COVID vaccine yet. And it’s not for want of trying. But this shows that this is high risk. Pfizer, so far, is among the lucky ones; they succeeded by teaming up with the right partner. And when you look at Moderna or Pfizer, they do basically sell at cost, not for profit, to COVAX. Not only with COVAX but also in striking partnerships – Johnson & Johnson with BioE in India for a billion doses, AstraZeneca [with the Serum Institute of India] on a large scale, they have behaved responsibly. And I think that’s something which people also underestimate. AstraZeneca vaccine production. As with most other COVID vaccine manufacturers, there have been setbacks and delays in scaling up manufacturing capacity. And when you look at the partnerships, by and large these partnerships happened between organizations with proven expertise for large scale manufacturing. That’s why you do have in India, the Serum Institute or BioE. Also, you do have now Bayer, Sanofi, GSK, and Novartis coming in [as partners with vaccine developers] – because there is little doubt that they do know how to manufacture on a large scale. What’s behind the call for the patent waiver is the impatience for scaling up. It’s the lack of understanding that, moving from zero to 10 billion doses – trebling global vaccine capacity in a complex manufacturing process – that’s really challenging. HP-Watch: Did industry make a mistake, perhaps, by agreeing to sell too many doses to high income countries. Could manufacturers have put a cap on those sales whereby some countries, like Canada, pre-ordered 5-10 times the number of doses that they need? Cueni: We could put it the other way around. What went wrong, or why is COVAX [the global vaccine facility] struggling? I’ve heard some say they don’t have the money; that’s not true. COVAX actually more or less met its investment needs with cash injections for this year. Where COVAX was really handicapped was that they couldn’t sign contracts, before they had the money in the bank. When you look at when most of the MOUs/contracts [were signed] – that was in December 2020 – at the time when it was clear that the mRNA vaccines Madonna, Pfizer/BioNTech as well as AstraZeneca would make it. But COVAX was not able to sign these – in contrast to the US, where BARDA, (Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority) put in money at risk, for scaling up, and they immediately secured a huge number of doses. And you had the same with the UK, you had with a little delay the same in the EU, you had Canada.. If COVAX would have been able to sign up with the companies, but [GAVI head] Seth Berkley probably would have been challenged by his board. Which means that if you walk about what needs to be done, when you look at vaccine rollouts now, the benchmark is not When you look at the rollout.. The benchmark is not HIV AIDS – that disaster, it’s H1N1 [2009 flu pandemic], which was also a disaster. And I’ve looked at some numbers comparing roll-out of H1N1, where the rich countries basically bought up all of the antivirals and all of the vaccines, until they found out that H1N1 was not so traumatic, and then they tried to get rid of them. Ghana’s WHO representative, Francis Kasolo, on left, with UNICEF’s Anne-Claire Dufay, as first COVAX vaccine doses arrive on 24 February in Accra, The COVAX situation is different because in COVAX, we did get a rollout within 100 days, or less. In 88 days after the granting of the first emergency use license by WHO, you had vaccines in quite significant numbers reaching Accra, Nairobi, Kigali – and on the same day as Tokyo. Therefore, the problem was that manufacturers who did invest, also at risk, in addition to getting some quite significant co-funding, in particular from BARDA – in return secured [contracts for] doses. Then the companies would not have been in liberty to release these doses. And therefore, when I look in terms of future pandemic preparedness, COVAX needs a pot of money, where they can be early movers. It’s also a question for CEPI (Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovation). Because when you look at the big manufacturers they, by and large, teamed up with BARDA early on. The smaller biotech companies, such as Novavax, they got quite significant sums from CEPI. But CEPI is a relatively small organization. Therefore, I think one needs to talk about how can we improve pandemic preparedness for the future; we need to make sure that COVAX and CEPI are equipped to have a level playing field for the deliveries to the poorer countries. Novavax, a smaller biotech firm that received significant support from CEPI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness and Innovation, showed robust results for its COVID vaccine in clinical trials, but still faced an uphill battle to scale up manufacturing. “I don’t think that you can fault the companies for signing up [orderes]. The companies took risks, and when you look at MSD/Merck & Co., two projects, nothing came out of it, and they invested at risk. When you look at Sanofi, delayed by at least a year, and nobody knows whether, by the time they reach market, there’s a surplus. All of them are now teaming up with somebody else to help in fill and finishing, or even active substance producing. HP-Watch: You have talked about the need to have a pot of money available, so COVAX can move more quickly. But where do you go from here in terms of industry interests, the broader well-being and this waiver, which is a big debate now? Cueni: Even if the waiver would pass, which is still a question mark notwithstanding the US, I would expect that it would create a huge frustration because people will realize that we were right. Short-term, what do we need? We need a willingness of rich countries to start dose-sharing now, and not as President Biden said, once we have every single American vaccinated. We need some significant gestures of solidarity now. We have seen early signals: New Zealand announced, France announced, but you know these are in the hundreds of thousands, not in the millions. I think (WHO Director General) Tedros has mentioned we need 20 million doses now. And that can only happen if the rich countries that bought up these doses are willing to give priority to COVAX, and that needs to happen now. Also, in terms of the supply chain and manufacturing bottlenecks – for which COVAX set up a Manufacturing Task Force. One of the short-term priorities is to tackle trade barriers. (WTO Director General) Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, has called out to world leaders to stop export bans, export restrictions. When you look, for example, at the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine, you have 280 ingredients from 86 different suppliers from 19 countries. If you have trade restrictions, these are usually disruptive. You’ve seen [Adar] Poonawalla from the Serum Institute in a tweet calling out to President Biden to ‘please help; we are stuck because you don’t allow [export of] critical ingredients.’ [Addressing] that is something that would be immediately impactful. Respected @POTUS, if we are to truly unite in beating this virus, on behalf of the vaccine industry outside the U.S., I humbly request you to lift the embargo of raw material exports out of the U.S. so that vaccine production can ramp up. Your administration has the details. 🙏🙏 — Adar Poonawalla (@adarpoonawalla) April 16, 2021 HP-Watch: OK, but if indeed the waiver passes, why indeed would it be disruptive? Cueni: Short-term it would be disruptive because we have identified a number of critical ingredients, like the giant plastic bags, the single use bioreactors, filters, lipids – that are in huge demand and in short supply. I’ve heard some people say that for some of these ingredients you have to wait for three-six months. Under normal circumstances, when you have bottlenecks, the normal reaction of human beings, and you saw it with hoarding of toilet paper last year, is that you have compensatory actions, and that leads to additional bottlenecks. Therefore, what we identified in this joint Task Force effort with CEPI, the DCVMN, our developing country colleagues, BIO and IFPMA, we do believe that if we set up a matchmaking place where companies can submit information on [items] for which they in desperate need, or may have excess stocks, you could improve the efficiency and address some of these bottlenecks. Rajinder Suri, CEO, Developing Country Vaccine Manufacturers Network, with Pfizer, GSK and Bharat Biotech execs at 23 April IFPMA session. HP-Watch: So how does the IP waiver have an effect on this mission? Cueni: The IP waiver potentially would mean that you get 100 more companies that want to participate, and have access to these scarce raw materials, scarce ingredients. Unknown whether they would be able to manufacture, but they would compete on the ingredients. And in that context, in the case of a waiver, you will have more players coming in trying to tap into the same scarce resources, irrespective of whether they can make good use of them or not. The other element is that the waiver, as such, is that it wouldn’t really give you the tools to manufacture. You would need teams of engineers or scientists or experts from Moderna or others to be willing to visit you, and share, and teach you how to use your know-how. That is happening now on a large scale. But it’s happening based on voluntary, established trust, established confidence – where you have a contract and a process for doing this. Can you imagine companies confronted with ‘your patent is no longer valid. You cannot enforce it; there is no contract it’s a free for all?’ The guy who takes your bike, basically comes to you and says, ‘now you need to give me the PIN code to unlock the bike so they can run away with it.’ This would be a huge distraction, when the skilled workforce is so limited, when a serious bottleneck is the lack of a skilled workforce. Therefore, short term we would likely see more disruption and distraction from the efforts that are really needed. Because we need to expand further. If we can reach 10 billion doses this year, then I think the the world is pretty much vaccinated by March 2022. Of course, everyone would love the world to be vaccinated by July 2021. HP-Watch: So long-term you are optimistic? Cueni: For next year, I’m very optimistic. We will not only have the capacity, but we will also have the adaptive vaccines for new variants. In terms of the waiver, there is a willingness, and needs to be a willingness, among industry to …get a better geographic diversity of manufacturing hubs. “I was five weeks ago at the African Manufacturing Summit. The basis for that Summit was an absolutely excellent study, which was I think commissioned by the UK’s Foreign Commonwealth & Development Office, and the conclusion was short term, there isn’t really the capacity or the skill sets in Africa to add hundreds of millions of doses for Africa. It’s much more likely to come from the 500 million dose [COVAX] contract with J&J or AstraZeneca, and also Novavax will come in certainly. Medium term, I think we will see a much more constructive discussion on how can we make sure that we help to establish infrastructure capacity. BMGF [Gates Foundation] is interested, Germany, France, and the UK are all talking, and manufacturers are involved. But that, I think realistically, is not for this pandemic, that’s for the next one. HP-Watch: Just to recap, you said that if there was an IP waiver, then in the immediate future, more players would come in and tap into the same vaccine inputs that you’re so short on already. But wouldn’t that also drive more production of those same items? Cueni: I expect that we will continue to see significant expansion of capacity, it will primarily come from those with expertise in scaling up, and the partnerships they signed with others that also have that expertise, whether it’s in India or within Europe and the US. Short term, I could expect that we may see some additional fill and finish. But even on fill and finish, don’t underestimate the requirements of standardized, manufacturing, quality control, and quality assurance. Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing. Quality assurance is key. HP-Watch: And what about patents on the many other vaccine manufacturing inputs required, from filters and bioreactors to vials? What if the waiver helps remove bottlenecks on those components, as advocates inputs and open up their production more widely? Cueni: It is simplistic to think that a blunt tool like an IP waiver would be an appropriate solution for the scarcity of raw ingredients. There are different technologies and market circumstances in the production of each ingredient, and each case needs to be taken into account individually. In the very rare case that one may find an IP-related bottleneck on a pharmaceutical ingredient, there are already mechanisms in place available to governments to address them. Just like with finished pharmaceuticals, the waiver would only send a major disincentive for investments in technologies related to COVID-19, without any measurable impact on production. HP-Watch: You spoke about the COVAX Manufacturing Task Force, in which industry is participating actively. What about the WHO’s new initiative to create an mRNA vaccine hub? Cueni: WHO, in my view, should focus on norm-setting functions. When it comes to operational execution, WHO is probably not the best equipped organization. That is one of the reasons you have organizations like the Global Fund, GAVI and CEPI springing up over the last 20 years – all of them have a track record, and the willingness and ability to work with the private sector. I haven’t really seen this in WHO. HP-Watch: Going back again to the text-based negotiations on this IP-waiver one more time – what are your final conclusions? Cueni: Basically companies have the responsibility for the quality of their products. You cannot coerce the sharing of what is here in your brain.. Companies really need to have the ability to pick their partners on the basis of checklists, which is really about quality, quality, quality. It can’t be coercion, either in a pandemic treaty, or in the WTO. I think what you could do, in my view, is to get a pretty strong commitment from the Industry to be more engaged in tech transfer. You can have a strong commitment from industry to be constructively engaged in more tech transfer, as such, on mRNA and other [technologies], for the future. The discussion is ongoing right now on regional hubs, with BMGF, CEPI, and others – and the industry is really interested to engage. That I see a little bit in the sense of the Third Way, that Dr Ngozi is talking about now. Because we need to address the bottlenecks now, the capacity expansion, dose-sharing. But we need to look at what we can do to be better prepared for the future. That’s where I mentioned the pot, you know, COVAX, being well-funded before the pandemic and not just starting to fundraise during the pandemic. And the second element is what can we do to make sure there is an increase in bioresearch, an increase in more agile, flexible, ever-warm vaccine facilities in more continents, because that is one of the issues which did lead to vaccine inequity, which we’ve seen now. But all that has to take place with industry at the table. Image Credits: Marco Verch/Flickr, World Health Summit, Lonza.com, AstraZeneca, Novavax, Pfizer. Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Rural India’s Hidden Pandemic: COVID-19 Spreads Unchecked, Cases and Deaths Under-Reported 14/05/2021 Disha Shetty COVID-19 has spread to rural India where many are dying of COVID-like symptoms. Experts are certain India’s already high official numbers do not reflect the true extent of the spread of the virus. PUNE: India’s second wave is devastating the country’s rural areas where health infrastructure is rickety and a lack of trained healthcare workers, government support and access to healthcare is likely to worsen the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. Health experts believe the number of new COVID-19 cases and deaths are vastly underreported and that strict lockdown regulations and amping up vaccinations will be the key to help curb a possible third wave. Rabeena Manral, a young mother of two boys who lives in the Champawat region of the picturesque Himalayan state of Uttarakhand, is certain that she was infected with the virus this year, but due to a lack of testing in her village, could not confirm her status. While the COVID-19 surge last year left her hilly village of roughly 200 people untouched, this time around there are dozens of known cases and three confirmed COVID deaths so far. To get tested Manral will have to hire a private vehicle and travel 15 to 20 km away – a distance too expensive to cover. Public buses are no longer plying as the state is currently under a lockdown to stop the spread of the virus. For weeks Indians have been turning to social media with pleas for help and finding help from fellow citizens, instead of the government, as Health Policy Watch reported earlier. Those living in rural areas like Manral are not on Twitter. Even if they were, there is no nearby hospital a sick patient can be taken to in an emergency. India has been consistently recording over 3,50,000 new daily cases and over 4,000 deaths for around two weeks now. Experts like Ashish K Jha, dean of the Brown University School of Public Health, believes that both the number of new cases, and the deaths are vastly underreported in India’s vast rural areas. India reports another 400,000+ cases, 4000+ death day A sustained level of horribleness And its not correct True number surely closer to 25,000 deaths, 2-5 million infections today Lots of ways to estimate but here's a simple one Look at the crematoriums Thread — Ashish K. Jha, MD, MPH (@ashishkjha) May 9, 2021 Doctors working in rural areas confirm this assumption. Yogesh Jain, a physician and founding member of the Jan Swasthya Sahyog, a health non-profit that runs low-cost health programs in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh, said that during the first wave of COVID-19 in 2020 he saw only a handful of cases and no deaths in the villages of the state. “It is now 50-50 (urban-rural case spread). There have been several, several deaths. The disease is well spread everywhere.” Jain worries that the situation will worsen in the coming weeks and that the problem might neither be documented, nor acknowledged. Indian government has consistently downplayed the toll the pandemic has taken on the country. The government has also pushed the task of procuring the vaccines on to the states, who are now trying desperately to arrange vaccines for their residents and failing. In rural India people are simply dropping dead without access to tests or treatment. “There was a time most people in my village were sick and had symptoms like fever and cough, including me. None of us got tested,” Manral said speaking over the phone. Some tests were done sometime in April following a death in the village after a wedding party and so Manral knows that dozens are currently positive. In Rabeena Manral’s rural Himalayan village there are dozens of COVID-19 cases. She suspects she herself might have had the virus but without access to tests there is no sure way to know. But weddings have continued. Manral says there were a dozen or so in the past month, but now instead of hundreds of attendees only a handful family members are present. Jha has consistently communicated that large gatherings like weddings and election rallies are out of the question but Uttarakhand was one of the states that allowed thousands of devotees to gather for Kumbh, a religious event where devotees pray at the banks of the river Ganges that is considered sacred by the Hindus. The event ended up being a super spreader. In recent days dozens of dead bodies of suspected COVID patients have washed ashore in villages downstream. Petitioners have approached India’s Supreme Court seeking its intervention in the deteriorating health and administrative situation. India’s High Positivity Rate India is reporting a high positivity rate, leading experts to believe that a large number of cases are unreported. Currently of every five samples tested for COVID in India, one comes back positive. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends that this rate be below 5% for at least two weeks before countries consider easing their restrictions. At 20% test positivity rate, India is likely missing many COVID-19 cases. Women have been hit particularly hard. Husbands who work as migrant workers outside are back home and without incomes. Anecdotal evidence suggests a rise in cases of domestic violence and stress for the women. “The burden on women has increased tremendously,” said Arvind Malik, CEO of Udyogini, an NGO that works with women enterprises across five states in central and northern India. “All these areas we work with are remote. The economy is run by migrant workers. All that has been disrupted. Many households are on the verge of not having food.” Vaccinations Will be the Key in India Along with restrictions that many states in India are now resorting to, ramping up vaccinations will be the key, according to experts. In Manral’s village all those above the age of 45 have received vaccinations. Overall, around 2.5% of Indians are currently fully vaccinated against COVID and a tenth of the population has received at least one dose. If India has to avoid a third wave this number will have to be scaled up quickly. As authorities come under fire for not doing enough to pre-empt and handle the second wave, they are pointing out that India’s large size makes vaccinating its roughly 1,391,716,282 population a challenge. India’s health ministry has said that more indigenous vaccines could be available in the market in the coming months, a claim experts in India have called misleading and exaggerated. With the situation in urban India dire, those in rural areas are not receiving any media or aid attention this time around, according to Malik. The large digital divide has affected every aspect of life in rural India as children lose learning hours in the absence of mobile and internet connectivity. Jain points to some urgent measures that need to be taken. “We should stop counting infected people now,” he said, adding that the focus now ought to be on mitigation. “Have a clinical diagnostic criteria. Those who can be managed at home should get high-quality home care and the health workers need to be given adequate protective gear. Those who require hospitalization, the government has to ensure transportation and have a helpline to tell people where to go. Everyone should be able to reach a hospital within one hour.” Disha Shetty is an independent journalist based in Pune, India Image Credits: Udyogini, Rabeena Manral. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts